1 # Translation of dpkg-man to Russian
2 # Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 # This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg package.
5 # Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>, 2006.
9 "Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.17.0\n"
10 "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n"
11 "POT-Creation-Date: 2024-07-17 01:10+0200\n"
12 "PO-Revision-Date: 2021-04-08 04:44+0200\n"
13 "Last-Translator: Yuri Kozlov <kozlov.y@gmail.com>\n"
14 "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n"
17 "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
18 "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
19 "X-Generator: KBabel 1.9.1\n"
22 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
23 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
24 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
25 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
26 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
27 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
28 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
29 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
30 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
31 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
32 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
33 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
34 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
35 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
36 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
37 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
44 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
45 msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format"
46 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
49 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
50 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
51 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
52 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
53 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
54 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
55 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
56 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
57 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
58 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
59 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
60 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
61 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
62 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
63 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
64 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
71 msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>"
72 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
75 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
76 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
77 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
78 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
79 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
80 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
81 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
82 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
83 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
84 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
85 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
86 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
87 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
88 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
89 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod
90 #: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
97 "Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a B<."
98 "buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields in L<deb822(5)> "
106 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
107 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
108 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
109 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
110 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
111 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Binary-Only-Changes>, "
112 "B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, B<Checksums-Md5>, B<Checksums-"
113 "Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
115 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
116 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
117 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
118 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
119 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
120 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
123 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
125 "The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as "
126 "specified in RFC4880."
132 "The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will "
133 "be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
139 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
140 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo>"
141 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
144 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
145 msgid "for a build that includes B<any>"
151 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
152 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>"
153 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
156 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
157 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<all>"
163 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
164 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>"
165 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
168 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
169 msgid "otherwise for a build that includes B<source>"
173 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod deb-origin.pod dsc.pod
175 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
177 msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
180 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
182 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
183 msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)"
184 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
189 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
190 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
191 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
192 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
193 "version. The current format version is B<1.0>."
197 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
199 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
200 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)"
201 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
206 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
207 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
208 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a binary-"
209 "only non-maintainer upload."
213 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
215 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
216 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required in context)"
217 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
222 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built. If "
223 "the build is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
229 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
230 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)"
231 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
237 "This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently "
238 "being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. "
239 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
240 "independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special "
241 "entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be "
242 "present in the list."
244 "Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был "
245 "скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', "
246 "`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет "
247 "не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит "
251 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
253 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
254 msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)"
255 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
258 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
261 "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
262 "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number "
263 "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are "
264 "described in L<deb-version(7)>."
266 "Обычно в этом поле указывается оригинальный номер версии пакета в той форме, "
267 "которую использует автор программы. Версия может также включать номер "
268 "ревизии Debian (для не родных пакетов). Если указываются и версия и номер "
269 "ревизии, то они разделяются дефисом: `-'. Из-за этого оригинальный номер "
270 "версии не может содержать в себе дефис."
274 msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>"
280 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entry>"
281 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
286 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry "
287 "for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To "
288 "make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single "
289 "full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The "
290 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
296 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
297 msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required, weak)"
298 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
301 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
303 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
304 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required, weak)"
305 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
308 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
310 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
311 msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required, strong)"
312 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
315 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod
316 msgid "S< >I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>"
322 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
323 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
324 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and "
325 "SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
329 #: deb-buildinfo.pod dsc.pod
331 "B<Note>: The MD5 and SHA-1 checksums are considered weak, and should never "
332 "be assumed to be sufficient for secure verification."
336 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod
338 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
339 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
340 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
341 "space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, "
347 msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build."
353 msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>"
354 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
357 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod
358 msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from."
364 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
365 msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)"
366 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
371 "The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built "
372 "in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc."
378 msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>"
379 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
384 "The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date "
385 "in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
391 msgid "B<Build-Kernel-Version:> I<build-kernel-version>"
392 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
397 "The release and version (in an unspecified format) of the kernel running on "
398 "the build system. This field is only going to be present if the builder has "
399 "explicitly requested it, to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
404 msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>"
410 "The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This "
411 "field is only going to be present if the vendor has allowed it via some "
412 "pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information."
418 "On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will "
425 msgid "B<Build-Tainted-By:>"
426 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
430 msgid "S< >I<taint-reason-list>"
436 "This folded field contains a space-separated list of non-exhaustive reason "
437 "tags (formed by alphanumeric and dash characters) which identify why the "
438 "current build has been tainted (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
443 msgid "On Debian and derivatives the following reason tags can be emitted:"
448 msgid "B<merged-usr-via-aliased-dirs>"
454 "The system has a merged I</usr> via aliased directories (previously known as "
455 "B<merged-usr-via-symlinks>). This will confuse B<dpkg-query>, B<dpkg-"
456 "statoverride>, B<dpkg-trigger>, B<update-alternatives> and any other tool "
457 "using pathnames as keys into their databases, as it creates filesystem "
458 "aliasing problems, and messes with the understanding of the filesystem that "
459 "B<dpkg> has recorded in its database. For build systems that hardcode "
460 "pathnames to specific binaries or libraries on the resulting artifacts, it "
461 "can also produce packages that will be incompatible with non-/usr-merged "
468 msgid "B<usr-local-has-configs>"
473 msgid "The system has configuration files under I</usr/local/etc>."
479 msgid "B<usr-local-has-includes>"
480 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
484 msgid "The system has header files under I</usr/local/include>."
489 msgid "B<usr-local-has-programs>"
494 msgid "The system has programs under I</usr/local/bin> or I</usr/local/sbin>."
500 msgid "B<usr-local-has-libraries>"
506 "The system has libraries, either static or shared under I</usr/local/lib>."
511 msgid "B<can-execute-cross-built-programs>"
517 "The system can execute cross built programs, either directly or via some "
524 msgid "Since dpkg 1.21.10."
525 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
530 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
531 msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)"
532 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
537 msgid "S< >I<package-list>"
543 "The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package "
550 "The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for "
551 "foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by "
558 "The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in B<Build-"
559 "Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source control "
560 "fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their recursive "
561 "dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is B<build-"
568 "For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency "
569 "alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be "
575 msgid "B<Environment:>"
581 msgid "S< >I<variable-list>"
587 "The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build "
588 "process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and "
589 "the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes "
594 #: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod
595 #: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-old.pod
596 #: deb-origin.pod deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod
597 #: deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod
598 #: deb-src-control.pod deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod
599 #: deb-substvars.pod deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod
600 #: deb822.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
601 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
602 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
603 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-name.pod
604 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
605 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
606 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
607 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod
608 #: update-alternatives.pod
612 "#-#-#-#-# ru.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n"
614 "#-#-#-#-# ru.po (dpkg man pages) #-#-#-#-#\n"
621 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>."
622 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
627 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
628 msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format"
629 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
632 #: deb-changelog.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
633 msgid "B<debian/changelog>"
639 "Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog "
640 "file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source "
641 "package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to "
648 "The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to "
649 "discover which version of the package is being built and find out other "
650 "release-specific information."
655 msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:"
663 " I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n"
664 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
665 " * I<change-details>\n"
666 " I<more-change-details>\n"
667 " [blank line(s), included in L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> output]\n"
668 " * I<even-more-change-details>\n"
669 " [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n"
670 " -- I<maintainer-name> <I<email-address>> I<date>\n"
677 "I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number. "
678 "I<version> is delimited by parenthesis U+00028 ‘B<(>’ and U+0029 ‘B<)>’."
684 "I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this "
685 "version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the "
686 "B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file. I<distributions> must be "
687 "terminated by a semicolon (U+003B ‘B<;>’)."
693 "I<metadata> lists zero or more comma-separated I<keyword>=I<value> items. "
694 "Each keyword can contain only minus and case insensitive alphanumeric "
695 "characters, as they need to be mapped to L<deb822(5)> field names. The only "
696 "I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are:"
709 "Its value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the I<.changes> file for the "
716 msgid "B<binary-only>"
717 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
722 "With a B<yes> value, it is used to denote that this changelog entry is for a "
723 "binary-only non-maintainer upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only "
724 "change being the changelog entry)."
730 "The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least "
731 "two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>), but conventionally each change starts with an "
732 "asterisk and a separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to "
733 "bring them in line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be "
734 "used here to separate groups of changes, if desired."
740 "If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking "
741 "system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package "
742 "into the distribution archive by including the string:"
748 msgid "B<Closes: #>I<nnnnn>"
749 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
754 "in the change details, where B<#>I<nnnnn> is the bug number. The exact Perl "
755 "regular expression is:"
760 msgid "B</closes:\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+(?:,\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+)*/i>"
766 "That is, the string should consist of the word B<closes:> followed by a "
767 "comma-separated list of bug numbers. Bug numbers may be preceded by the "
768 "word B<bug> and/or a B<#> sign, as in C<Closes: 42, bug#43, #44, bug 45>. "
769 "The words B<closes:> and B<bug> are not case sensitive. The list of bug "
770 "numbers may span multiple lines."
776 "This information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> "
777 "file. Where, depending on the archive maintenance software, all the bug "
778 "numbers listed might get automatically closed."
784 "The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the "
785 "details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are "
786 "B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The "
787 "information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the I<."
788 "changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgment when "
789 "the upload has been installed in the distribution archive."
795 "The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics "
796 "of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):"
802 "I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> B<+>I<zzzz>"
812 msgid "I<day-of-week>"
817 msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>."
828 "Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>), where the leading "
829 "zero is optional, but conventionally does not get omitted."
840 "Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, "
841 "B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>."
851 msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)."
861 msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)."
871 msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)."
881 msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)."
886 msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>"
892 "Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ "
893 "indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates "
894 "that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate "
895 "the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of "
896 "additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the "
903 "The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand "
904 "margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be "
905 "preceded by exactly one space (U+0020 B<SPACE>). The maintainer details and "
906 "the date must be separated by exactly two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>). Each "
907 "part of the I<date> can be separated by one or more spaces (U+0020 "
908 "B<SPACE>), except after the comma where it can be separated by zero or more "
909 "spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>)."
915 "Any line that consists entirely (i.e., no leading whitespace) of B<#> or B</"
916 "* */> style comments or RCS keywords."
922 "Vim modelines or Emacs local variables, and ancient changelog entries with "
923 "other formats at the end of the file should be accepted and preserved on "
924 "output, but their contents might be otherwise ignored and parsing stopped at "
930 msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8."
934 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-substvars.pod dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod
935 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
936 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
937 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
938 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
939 #: dselect.cfg.pod update-alternatives.pod
946 msgid "I<debian/changelog>"
950 #: deb-changelog.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-symbols.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
951 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-name.pod
952 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
960 " dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n"
968 " [ Guillem Jover ]\n"
969 " * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n"
970 " as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n"
971 " useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: #764929\n"
979 " [ Updated programs translations ]\n"
980 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
988 " [ Updated dselect translations ]\n"
989 " * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n"
990 " * German (Sven Joachim).\n"
998 " -- Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 +0200\n"
1003 #: deb-changelog.pod
1006 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-"
1007 "parsechangelog(1)>."
1008 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1013 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
1014 msgid "deb-changes - Debian upload changes control file format"
1015 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
1019 msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>"
1025 "Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a "
1026 "number of fields in L<deb822(5)> format."
1033 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
1034 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
1035 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
1036 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
1037 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
1038 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, "
1039 "B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
1041 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
1042 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
1043 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
1044 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
1045 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
1046 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
1051 "The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax "
1052 "of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. "
1053 "Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and "
1054 "backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor "
1055 "version. The current format version is B<1.8>."
1061 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1062 msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)"
1063 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1068 "The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same "
1069 "format as the date in a L<deb-changelog(5)> entry."
1076 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
1077 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
1079 "The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> "
1082 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
1083 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
1088 "The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the "
1089 "binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a I<source-"
1090 "version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a binary-only "
1091 "non-maintainer upload."
1097 "This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload. "
1098 "If the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1104 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1105 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>"
1106 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
1112 "Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common "
1113 "architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> "
1114 "value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the "
1115 "source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> "
1116 "is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list."
1118 "Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был "
1119 "скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', "
1120 "`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет "
1121 "не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит "
1127 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1128 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)"
1129 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
1134 "Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be "
1135 "installed when it is uploaded to the archive."
1141 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)"
1142 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1147 "The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order "
1148 "of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>."
1154 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
1155 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)"
1156 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
1162 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
1163 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1164 #| "the software that was packaged."
1166 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1167 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1168 "the software that was packaged."
1170 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
1171 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
1172 "которая была упакована."
1177 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
1178 msgid "B<Changed-By:> I<fullname-email>"
1179 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
1185 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
1186 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1187 #| "the software that was packaged."
1189 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is "
1190 "typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release."
1192 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
1193 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
1194 "которая была упакована."
1199 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1200 msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)"
1201 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
1206 msgid "S< >I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>"
1207 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1212 "This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a "
1213 "space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions. If "
1214 "the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
1220 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number-list>"
1221 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1226 "A space-separated list of bug report numbers for bug reports that have been "
1227 "resolved with this upload. The distribution archive software might use this "
1228 "field to automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution "
1229 "bug tracking system."
1234 msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>"
1240 "This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. "
1241 "It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog "
1248 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1249 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list>"
1250 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1255 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this "
1256 "upload was built with."
1262 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1263 msgid "B<Changes:> (required)"
1264 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1269 msgid "S< >I<changelog-entries>"
1270 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1275 "This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries "
1276 "that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty "
1277 "lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented "
1278 "by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format."
1284 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
1285 msgid "B<Files:> (required)"
1286 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
1290 msgid "S< >I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>"
1296 "This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section "
1297 "and priority for each one."
1303 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
1304 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
1305 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
1306 "space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the "
1307 "file section, the file priority, and the file name."
1313 "This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1314 "this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> "
1321 "B<Note>: The MD5 checksum is considered weak, and should never be assumed to "
1322 "be sufficient for secure verification, but this field cannot be omitted as "
1323 "it provides metadata not available anywhere else."
1329 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
1330 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
1331 "algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for B<Checksums-"
1338 "These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in "
1339 "these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the "
1340 "other related B<Checksums> fields."
1346 "B<Note>: The SHA-1 checksum is considered weak, and should never be assumed "
1347 "to be sufficient for secure verification."
1351 #: deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod
1352 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
1353 #: dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod
1355 msgstr "ОШИБКИ РЕАЛИЗАЦИИ"
1360 "The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The "
1361 "B<Changed-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The "
1362 "B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred "
1369 msgid "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>."
1370 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1373 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1374 msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles"
1378 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1380 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
1381 msgid "B<DEBIAN/conffiles>"
1382 msgstr "B<config-files>"
1385 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1387 "A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in "
1388 "its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)."
1392 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1394 "This file contains a list of files, one per line, with an optional leading "
1395 "flag separated by whitespace. The conffiles must be listed as absolute "
1396 "pathnames. Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, but empty or whitespace-"
1397 "only lines are not accepted."
1401 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1403 "Files without a flag should exist in the binary package, otherwise "
1404 "L<dpkg(1)> will ignore them."
1408 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1410 "There is currently only one flag supported, B<remove-on-upgrade>, to mark "
1411 "that a conffile needs to be removed on the next upgrade (since dpkg "
1412 "1.20.6). These files must not exist in the binary package, as both "
1413 "L<dpkg(1)> and L<dpkg-deb(1)> will not accept building nor processing such "
1418 #: deb-conffiles.pod deb-control.pod deb-md5sums.pod deb-origin.pod
1419 #: deb-src-control.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
1424 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1427 " %CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n"
1428 " %CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n"
1429 " %PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n"
1430 " %CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n"
1431 " remove-on-upgrade /etc/some-old-file.conf\n"
1436 #: deb-conffiles.pod
1438 msgid "L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
1439 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
1444 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
1445 msgid "deb-control - Debian binary package control file format"
1446 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
1451 #| msgid "I<control>"
1452 msgid "B<DEBIAN/control>"
1458 "Each Debian binary package contains a B<control> file in its B<control> "
1459 "member, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a subset of the B<debian/control> "
1460 "template source control file in Debian source packages, see L<deb-src-"
1468 "This file contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such "
1469 "as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the "
1470 "body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise). Fields are "
1471 "delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple "
1472 "lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when "
1473 "processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> "
1474 "field, see below)."
1476 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
1477 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
1478 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
1479 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
1480 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
1481 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
1486 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1487 msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)"
1488 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1491 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1493 "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate "
1494 "file names by most installation tools."
1496 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
1497 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
1500 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1502 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
1503 msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>|I<type>"
1504 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
1507 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1509 "This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained "
1510 "packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is "
1511 "assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future."
1515 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1517 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
1518 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)"
1519 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
1522 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1525 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
1526 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1527 #| "the software that was packaged."
1529 "Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is "
1530 "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
1531 "the software that was packaged."
1533 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
1534 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
1535 "которая была упакована."
1538 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1540 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
1541 msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)"
1542 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
1545 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1547 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
1548 msgid "S< >I<long-description>"
1549 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
1555 "The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first "
1556 "line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used "
1557 "as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description "
1558 "must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must "
1559 "contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
1561 "Формат описания пакета -- это краткое и ёмкое описание в первой строке "
1562 "(после поля \"Description\"). Последующие строки могут быть использованы как "
1563 "длинное, более детальное описание. В начале каждой строки длинного описания "
1564 "должен находиться пробел, а пустые строки в длинном описании должны "
1565 "содержать одну точку '.', следующую сразу после начального пробела."
1568 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1570 #| msgid "B<Section:> E<lt>sectionE<gt>"
1571 msgid "B<Section:> I<section>"
1572 msgstr "B<Section:> E<lt>секцияE<gt>"
1575 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1578 #| "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1579 #| "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', "
1580 #| "`mail', `text', `x11' etc."
1582 "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
1583 "software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, "
1584 "B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc."
1586 "Это обобщающее поле, в котором пакету присваивается категория, в зависимости "
1587 "от типа программного обеспечения, которое он содержит. Примерами секций "
1588 "могут служить `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' и т.д."
1591 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1593 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
1594 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority>"
1595 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
1598 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1601 #| "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a "
1602 #| "whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' "
1605 "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. "
1606 "Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc."
1608 "Устанавливает важность данного пакета, в зависимости от его значимости для "
1609 "системы. Приоритеты могут быть такими: `required', `standard', `optional', "
1613 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1616 "The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted "
1617 "values based on the specific distribution policy."
1619 "Поля B<Section> и B<Priority> могут принимать только значения из списка, "
1620 "который определен в политике Debian. Они используются для того, чтобы "
1621 "решить, как пакеты будут размещены в архиве. Список возможных значений можно "
1622 "узнать из последней версии пакета B<debian-policy>."
1627 msgid "B<Installed-Size:> I<size>"
1628 msgstr "B<installed>"
1633 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units. "
1634 "The algorithm to compute the size is described in L<deb-substvars(5)>."
1638 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1640 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1641 msgid "B<Protected:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1642 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1648 #| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
1649 #| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
1650 #| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be "
1651 #| "removed (at least not without using one of the force options)."
1653 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1654 "package that is required mostly for proper booting of the system or used for "
1655 "custom system-local meta-packages. L<dpkg(1)> or any other installation "
1656 "tool will not allow a B<Protected> package to be removed (at least not "
1657 "without using one of the force options)."
1659 "Данное поле обычно необходимо только когда ответ - `yes' (да). Это означает, "
1660 "что данный пакет требуется для нормального функционирования системы. Dpkg и "
1661 "другие программы установки не разрешают удаление пакетов, помеченных как "
1662 "B<Essential> (по крайней мере, без указания специальных флагов)."
1665 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1667 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.20.1."
1668 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
1671 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1673 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1674 msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1675 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1681 #| "This field is usually only needed when the answer is `yes'. It denotes a "
1682 #| "package that is required for proper operation of the system. Dpkg or any "
1683 #| "other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be "
1684 #| "removed (at least not without using one of the force options)."
1686 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a "
1687 "package that is required for the packaging system, for proper operation of "
1688 "the system in general or during boot (although the latter should be "
1689 "converted to B<Protected> field instead). L<dpkg(1)> or any other "
1690 "installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be removed (at "
1691 "least not without using one of the force options)."
1693 "Данное поле обычно необходимо только когда ответ - `yes' (да). Это означает, "
1694 "что данный пакет требуется для нормального функционирования системы. Dpkg и "
1695 "другие программы установки не разрешают удаление пакетов, помеченных как "
1696 "B<Essential> (по крайней мере, без указания специальных флагов)."
1699 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1701 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1702 msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>"
1703 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
1708 "This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly "
1709 "injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required "
1710 "when building other packages."
1716 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1717 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (required)"
1718 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
1724 "The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled "
1725 "for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, "
1726 "etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
1727 "independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and "
1730 "Архитектура определяет, для какого типа аппаратной платформы был "
1731 "скомпилирован пакет. Архитектуры бывают такие: `i386', `m68k', `sparc', "
1732 "`alpha', `powerpc' и т.д. Заметим, что значение B<all> означает, что пакет "
1733 "не зависит от архитектуры: например, он написан на Perl или содержит "
1737 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1739 msgid "B<Origin:> I<name>"
1740 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1743 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1745 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<url>"
1746 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1751 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
1752 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>."
1756 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
1758 msgid "B<Homepage:> I<url>"
1759 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1762 #: deb-control.pod dsc.pod
1763 msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>."
1767 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1769 msgid "B<Tag:> I<tag-list>"
1770 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1775 "List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and "
1776 "list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package."
1782 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
1783 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>"
1784 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1789 "This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a multi-"
1790 "arch installations."
1794 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1801 "This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding "
1802 "the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed."
1809 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
1814 "This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to "
1815 "satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from "
1823 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
1828 "This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to "
1829 "satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch "
1830 "from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value "
1831 "B<foreign> is ignored)."
1843 "This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that "
1844 "they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the "
1845 "package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise."
1851 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
1852 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]"
1853 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
1858 "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is "
1859 "different than the name of the package itself. If the source version "
1860 "differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by "
1861 "a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a binary-"
1862 "only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary version via "
1863 "«B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»."
1867 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1869 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
1870 msgid "B<Subarchitecture:> I<value>"
1871 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
1874 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1876 msgid "B<Kernel-Version:> I<value>"
1877 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
1880 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1882 msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:> I<value>"
1883 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1888 "These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. "
1889 "For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/installer-team/"
1890 "debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
1894 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1896 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1897 msgid "B<Depends:> I<package-list>"
1898 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1904 "List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial "
1905 "amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a "
1906 "package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field "
1907 "aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an "
1908 "installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields "
1909 "are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, "
1910 "in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the "
1911 "packages listed in its B<Depends> field."
1913 "Список пакетов, требующихся для обеспечения нормальной работы данного "
1914 "пакета. Программа установки не позволит (по крайней мере, без использования "
1915 "специальных флагов) установить данный пакет, если пакеты, перечисленные в "
1916 "B<Depends>, ещё не установлены. При установке скрипты postinst этих пакетов "
1917 "будут выполнены перед скриптом postinst данного пакета, а при удалении из "
1918 "системы скрипты prerm будут выполнены после скрипта prerm данного пакета."
1921 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1923 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1924 msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> I<package-list>"
1925 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1930 "List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one "
1931 "can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package "
1932 "requires another package for running its preinst script."
1934 "Список пакетов, которые должны быть установлены B<и> настроены перед тем, "
1935 "как будет устанавливаться данный пакет. Обычно это используется в случае, "
1936 "когда пакет требует наличия другого пакета для запуска собственного сценария "
1940 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1942 #| msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1943 msgid "B<Recommends:> I<package-list>"
1944 msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1949 "Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual "
1950 "installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they "
1951 "install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field."
1953 "Список пакетов, которые рекомендуется установить вместе с данным пакетом. "
1954 "Программа установки предупредит пользователя, если он устанавливает пакет "
1955 "без пакетов, которые перечислены в поле B<Recommends>."
1958 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
1960 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
1961 msgid "B<Suggests:> I<package-list>"
1962 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
1967 "Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its "
1968 "usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly "
1971 "Список пакетов, которые расширяют функциональность устанавливаемого пакета, "
1972 "но без которых данный пакет может прекрасно обойтись."
1978 "The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> "
1979 "fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of "
1980 "packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups "
1981 "are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, "
1982 "with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed "
1983 "by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally "
1984 "followed by a version number specification in parentheses."
1986 "Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> "
1987 "позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это "
1988 "список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы "
1989 "разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки "
1990 "как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках "
1991 "можно указать его версию."
1996 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
1997 "dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the "
1998 "current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will "
1999 "match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any "
2000 "architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as B<Multi-"
2005 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2008 #| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
2009 #| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
2010 #| "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are "
2011 #| "\"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" "
2012 #| "for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and "
2013 #| "\"=\" for equal to."
2015 "A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later "
2016 "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
2017 "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ "
2018 "for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater "
2019 "than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for "
2022 "Если номер версии начинается с `E<gt>E<gt>', то это означает любую более "
2023 "позднюю версию, при чём также может быть задан или пропущен номер ревизии "
2024 "Debian (который отделен от версии дефисом). Таким образом: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
2025 "означает \"больше чем\", \"E<lt>E<lt>\" -- \"меньше чем\", \"E<gt>=\" -- "
2026 "\"больше или равно чем\", \"E<lt>=\" -- \"меньше или равно чем\", а \"=\" -- "
2027 "\"только версия, которая указана\"."
2030 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2032 msgid "B<Breaks:> I<package-list>"
2033 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2039 "Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the "
2040 "named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not "
2041 "allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to "
2042 "upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field."
2044 "Список пакетов, которые конфликтуют с пакетом; например, если в них "
2045 "содержатся файлы с теми же именами. Программа установки не позволит "
2046 "установить в систему два конфликтующих пакета. Каждый из двух конфликтующих "
2047 "пакетов должен указать в строке B<Conflicts> имя другого."
2050 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2052 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2053 msgid "B<Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
2054 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2059 "Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files "
2060 "with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow "
2061 "conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting "
2062 "packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other."
2064 "Список пакетов, которые конфликтуют с пакетом; например, если в них "
2065 "содержатся файлы с теми же именами. Программа установки не позволит "
2066 "установить в систему два конфликтующих пакета. Каждый из двух конфликтующих "
2067 "пакетов должен указать в строке B<Conflicts> имя другого."
2070 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2072 #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2073 msgid "B<Replaces:> I<package-list>"
2074 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2079 "List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for "
2080 "allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is "
2081 "usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other "
2082 "package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package."
2084 "Список пакетов, которые заменяют данный пакет. Он используется для того, "
2085 "чтобы разрешить данному пакету перезаписать файлы другого пакета и обычно "
2086 "используется совместно с полем B<Conflicts>, чтобы сразу же заставить "
2087 "удалить этот другой пакет, если он содержит такие же файлы, как "
2094 #| "The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
2095 #| "package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
2096 #| "B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
2097 #| "can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
2098 #| "B<Replaces> fields."
2100 "The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package "
2101 "names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and "
2102 "B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional "
2103 "architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the "
2104 "same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary "
2105 "package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same "
2106 "syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields."
2108 "Синтаксис B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> и B<Provides> позволяет перечислить "
2109 "пакеты через запятую (и необязательный пробел). В поле B<Conflicts> запятая "
2110 "читается как `ИЛИ'. В значениях полей B<Conflicts> и B<Replaces> можно "
2111 "указывать номер версии пакета (используя вышеописанный синтаксис)."
2114 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2116 #| msgid "B<Replaces:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2117 msgid "B<Enhances:> I<package-list>"
2118 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2123 "This is a list of packages that this one enhances. It is similar to "
2124 "B<Suggests> but in the opposite direction."
2128 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2130 #| msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2131 msgid "B<Provides:> I<package-list>"
2132 msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2138 "This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is "
2139 "used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For "
2140 "example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a "
2141 "common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. "
2142 "This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the "
2143 "dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from "
2144 "having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to "
2145 "separate the list."
2147 "Список виртуальных пакетов, которые предоставляет данный пакет. Обычно он "
2148 "используется, если несколько разных пакетов предоставляют один и тот же "
2149 "сервис. Например, sendmail и exim могут работать как почтовые серверы, "
2150 "поэтому они предоставляют общий пакет (`mail-transport-agent') для тех "
2151 "пакетов, которые могут от него зависеть. Это позволяет использовать sendmail "
2152 "или exim в тех пакетах, которые зависят от `mail-transport-agent'. Это "
2153 "устраняет необходимость указывать в пакетах, которые зависят от почтового "
2154 "сервера, список через `|' всех пакетов почтовых серверов."
2160 #| "The syntax of B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> and B<Provides> is a list of "
2161 #| "package names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the "
2162 #| "B<Conflicts> field, the comma should be read as `OR'. An optional version "
2163 #| "can also be given with the same syntax as above for the B<Conflicts> and "
2164 #| "B<Replaces> fields."
2166 "The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas "
2167 "(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be "
2168 "appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the "
2169 "default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact "
2170 "(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored "
2171 "since dpkg 1.17.11)."
2173 "Синтаксис B<Conflicts>, B<Replaces> и B<Provides> позволяет перечислить "
2174 "пакеты через запятую (и необязательный пробел). В поле B<Conflicts> запятая "
2175 "читается как `ИЛИ'. В значениях полей B<Conflicts> и B<Replaces> можно "
2176 "указывать номер версии пакета (используя вышеописанный синтаксис)."
2179 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2181 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2182 msgid "B<Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
2183 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2188 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
2189 "build of this binary package, for license compliance purposes. This is an "
2190 "indication to the archive maintenance software that these extra source "
2191 "packages must be kept whilst this binary package is maintained. This field "
2192 "must be a comma-separated list of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ "
2193 "version relationships enclosed within parenthesis. Note that the archive "
2194 "maintenance software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares "
2195 "a B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive."
2199 #: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod
2201 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2202 msgid "B<Static-Built-Using:> I<package-list>"
2203 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2208 "This dependency field lists extra source packages that were used during the "
2209 "build of this binary package, for static building purposes (for example "
2210 "linking against static libraries, builds for source-centered languages such "
2211 "as Go or Rust, usage of header-only C/C++ libraries, injecting data blobs "
2212 "into code, etc.). This is useful to track whether this package might need "
2213 "to be rebuilt when source packages listed here have been updated, for "
2214 "example due to security updates. This field must be a comma-separated list "
2215 "of source package names with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships enclosed "
2216 "within parenthesis."
2222 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.21.3."
2223 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
2228 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2229 msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list> (obsolete)"
2230 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2235 "This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles "
2236 "that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). "
2237 "The information previously found in this field can now be found in the B<."
2238 "buildinfo> file, which supersedes it."
2244 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
2245 msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:> I<reason-list>"
2246 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2251 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package "
2252 "was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear "
2253 "in the I<debian/control> template source control file. The only currently "
2254 "used reason is B<debug-symbols>."
2260 msgid "B<Build-Ids:> I<elf-build-id-list>"
2261 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2266 "This field specifies a whitespace separated list of ELF build-ids. These "
2267 "are unique identifiers for semantically identical ELF objects, for each of "
2268 "these within the package."
2274 "The format or the way to compute each build-id is not defined by design."
2283 " Priority: required\n"
2285 " Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>\n"
2286 " Architecture: sparc\n"
2288 " Pre-Depends: libc6 (>= 2.0.105)\n"
2289 " Provides: rgrep\n"
2290 " Conflicts: rgrep\n"
2291 " Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
2292 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
2293 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
2294 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
2295 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
2296 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
2297 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
2298 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
2299 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
2304 "Priority: required\n"
2306 "Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman E<lt>wakkerma@debian.orgE<gt>\n"
2307 "Architecture: sparc\n"
2309 "Pre-Depends: libc6 (E<gt>= 2.0.105)\n"
2311 "Conflicts: rgrep\n"
2312 "Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n"
2313 " The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the west\".\n"
2314 " GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n"
2315 " twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n"
2316 " search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n"
2317 " considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n"
2318 " look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n"
2319 " than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n"
2320 " will run more slowly, however).\n"
2325 "The B<Build-Ids> field uses a rather generic name out of its original "
2326 "context within an ELF object, which serves a very specific purpose and "
2327 "executable format."
2334 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, "
2335 "L<debtags(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2336 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2339 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2340 msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file"
2344 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2347 msgstr "deb-control"
2350 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2352 "While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the "
2353 "control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to "
2354 "Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides."
2358 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2360 "The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments "
2361 "are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2365 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2367 msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>"
2368 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
2371 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2372 msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package."
2376 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2377 msgid "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden."
2381 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2383 "I<value> is the value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the "
2384 "line is split in no more than 3 columns when it's parsed."
2388 #: deb-extra-override.pod
2390 "The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be "
2391 "found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2395 #: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod
2397 msgid "L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>, L<dpkg-scansources(1)>, L<apt-ftparchive(1)>."
2398 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2402 msgid "deb-md5sums - package MD5 file digests"
2408 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2409 msgid "B<DEBIAN/md5sums>"
2410 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2415 "A package declares the MD5 digests for the package file contents by "
2416 "including an I<md5sums> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/md5sums> "
2417 "during package creation). This file is used for integrity verification and "
2418 "deduplication purposes, and not for any kind of security purpose."
2424 "This file contains a list of MD5 digests (as 32 case-insensitive hexadecimal "
2425 "characters) followed by two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>) and the absolute "
2426 "pathname of a plain file, one per line."
2432 "Trailing slashes (U+002F B</>) in the pathname will be trimmed. Neither "
2433 "trailing whitespace nor empty or whitespace-only lines are accepted."
2439 "If the control file does not exist in the binary package, L<dpkg(1)> will "
2440 "generate the matching information at unpack time (since B<dpkg> 1.16.3)."
2447 " 53c0d4afe4bc4eccb5cb234d2e06ef4d usr/bin/dpkg\n"
2448 " f8da2bc74cdcad8b81c48a4f0d7bb0a8 usr/bin/dpkg-deb\n"
2449 " 70b913132de56e95e75de504979309b4 usr/bin/dpkg-divert\n"
2457 msgid "L<md5sum(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
2458 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2462 msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format"
2466 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2467 msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>"
2473 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual "
2474 "page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see "
2475 "L<deb(5)> for details of the new format."
2479 #: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod
2486 "The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two "
2487 "concatenated gzipped ustar files."
2493 "The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is "
2494 "B<0.939000> for all old-format archives."
2500 "The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the "
2501 "length of the first gzipped tarfile."
2506 msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character."
2512 "The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary "
2513 "files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control "
2520 "In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally "
2521 "be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
2522 "will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only "
2523 "files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an "
2524 "entry for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory."
2530 "The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames "
2531 "relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The "
2532 "pathnames do not have leading slashes."
2538 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>."
2539 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
2543 msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files"
2549 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>"
2550 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
2555 "The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various "
2556 "vendors who are providing Debian packages."
2563 "They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with "
2564 "‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, "
2565 "followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by "
2566 "field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but "
2567 "the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field."
2569 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
2570 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
2571 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
2572 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
2573 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
2574 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
2579 "The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention "
2580 "is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some "
2581 "variation is permitted."
2587 "Namely (since dpkg 1.21.10), first, non-alphanumeric characters (‘B<[^A-Za-"
2588 "z0-9]>’) are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), then the resulting name will be "
2589 "tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it as is, lower-casing then "
2590 "capitalizing it (that is upper-casing the first character), and only "
2597 "In addition, for historical and backwards compatibility, the name will be "
2598 "tried keeping it as is without non-alphanumeric characters remapping, then "
2599 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2600 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it. And "
2601 "finally the name will be tried by remapping spaces to dashes (‘B<->’), then "
2602 "the resulting name will be tried in sequence by lower-casing it, keeping it "
2603 "as is, lower-casing then capitalizing it, and only capitalizing it."
2609 "But these backwards compatible module lookups will be removed during the "
2610 "dpkg 1.22.x release cycle."
2616 msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)"
2617 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
2623 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
2624 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
2625 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name."
2627 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
2628 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
2633 msgid "B<Vendor-URL:> I<vendor-url>"
2634 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
2638 msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL."
2644 msgid "B<Bugs:> I<bug-url>"
2645 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
2650 "The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking "
2651 "system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., "
2652 "debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)."
2658 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
2659 msgid "B<Parent:> I<vendor-name>"
2660 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
2666 #| "The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to "
2667 #| "generate file names by most installation tools."
2669 "The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this "
2670 "vendor derives from."
2672 "Значение этого поля задаёт имя пакета и используется при конструировании "
2673 "имён файлов большинством установочных утилит."
2680 " Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n"
2681 " Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n"
2688 msgid "L<dpkg-vendor(1)>."
2689 msgstr "deb-control"
2693 msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file"
2699 "While most information about a package can be found in the control file, "
2700 "some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the "
2701 "maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is "
2702 "found in the override file."
2708 "The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are "
2709 "allowed (denoted with a B<#>)."
2714 msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainer-info>]"
2720 "I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for "
2721 "packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored."
2727 "I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields "
2728 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
2735 "I<maintainer-info>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for "
2736 "an unconditional override, or else I<old-maintainer> B<=E<gt>> I<new-"
2737 "maintainer> to perform a substitution."
2743 "The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in "
2744 "the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror."
2749 msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script"
2755 #| msgid "I<postinst>"
2756 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postinst>"
2757 msgstr "I<postinst>"
2762 "A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer "
2763 "scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive "
2764 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)."
2768 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2769 msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:"
2774 msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>"
2780 msgid "After the package was installed."
2781 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2786 msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> \"I<trigger-name...>\""
2787 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
2792 "After the package was triggered. The list of space-separated I<trigger-"
2793 "name>s is passed as the second argument."
2798 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
2804 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2805 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<upgrade> or fails on B<failed-upgrade>."
2806 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2810 msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>"
2816 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove>."
2817 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
2822 "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2826 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2827 msgid "S< >[ B<removing> I<old-package> I<old-version> ]"
2833 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2834 msgid "If I<prerm> fails during B<deconfigure in-favour> of a package."
2835 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2839 msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
2845 "If I<prerm> fails during B<remove in-favour> for replacement due to conflict."
2849 #: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2850 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod
2853 msgstr "B<date>(1)."
2857 msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script"
2862 msgid "B<DEBIAN/postrm>"
2868 "A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, "
2869 "by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive (i.e. "
2870 "I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)."
2876 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2877 msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>"
2883 msgid "After the package was removed."
2884 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2889 #| msgid "I<postrm>"
2890 msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>"
2896 msgid "After the package was purged."
2897 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2901 msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
2907 msgid "After the package was upgraded."
2908 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
2913 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2914 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2918 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails."
2922 #: deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod
2924 msgid "The I<new-version> is passed only since dpkg 1.18.5."
2925 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
2929 msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>"
2934 msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced."
2939 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>"
2945 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2946 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<install>."
2947 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2952 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2953 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2958 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2960 "If I<preinst> fails during B<install> for an upgrade of a removed package."
2961 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2966 msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
2967 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
2972 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
2973 msgid "If I<preinst> fails during B<upgrade>."
2974 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
2978 msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script"
2984 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
2985 msgid "B<DEBIAN/preinst>"
2986 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
2991 "A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer "
2992 "scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive "
2993 "(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)."
2998 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>"
3004 #| msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
3005 msgid "Before the package is installed."
3006 msgstr "Пакет в системе не установлен."
3011 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
3012 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
3017 msgid "Before a removed package is upgraded."
3018 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
3023 msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
3024 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
3028 msgid "Before the package is upgraded."
3033 msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>"
3038 msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade."
3043 msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script"
3048 msgid "B<DEBIAN/prerm>"
3054 "A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by "
3055 "including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/"
3056 "prerm> during package creation)."
3062 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>"
3063 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
3067 msgid "Before the package is removed."
3072 msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>"
3077 msgid "Before an upgrade."
3083 msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>"
3084 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
3088 msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails."
3093 msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
3099 "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict."
3104 msgid "I<prerm> B<remove> B<in-favour> I<new-package> I<new-version>"
3110 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
3111 msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict."
3112 msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен."
3116 msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file"
3121 msgid "B<debian/shlibs>, B<debian/>I<binary-name>B<.shlibs>, B<DEBIAN/shlibs>"
3127 "B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<SONAMEs>) to "
3128 "dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per "
3129 "line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with a B<#> "
3130 "character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must "
3136 msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>"
3142 "The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the "
3143 "I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is "
3144 "optional and normally not needed."
3150 "The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a "
3151 "binary control file, see L<deb-control(5)>."
3157 msgid "SONAME FORMATS"
3158 msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
3162 msgid "The SONAME formats supported are:"
3168 msgid "I<name>.so.I<version>"
3169 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
3179 msgid "I<name>-I<version>.so"
3180 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
3184 msgid "where I<name> is usually prefixed by B<lib>."
3190 "The former tends to be used by shared libraries with stable interfaces. The "
3191 "latter by shared libraries with unstable interfaces, where the whole version "
3192 "becomes part of the SONAME and needs to be specified in full when linking "
3193 "against those libraries."
3199 "The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that "
3200 "provides one library whose SONAME is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read"
3207 " libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (>= 1.2-1)\n"
3214 "The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that "
3215 "added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were "
3216 "added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the "
3217 "dependencies might need to be tightened."
3223 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
3224 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
3229 msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format"
3236 "The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller "
3237 "pieces to ease transport in small media."
3244 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The "
3245 "file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
3251 "The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, "
3252 "separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:"
3256 #: deb-split.pod deb-src-symbols.pod dpkg-build-api.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
3257 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dselect.pod
3264 "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written."
3270 msgid "The package name."
3271 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
3276 msgid "The package version."
3277 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
3281 msgid "The md5sum of the package."
3287 msgid "The total size of the package."
3288 msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:"
3292 msgid "The maximum part size."
3298 "The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts "
3304 msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
3310 "Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor "
3311 "format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, "
3312 "and should ignore these if this is the case."
3318 "If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has "
3319 "been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program "
3320 "should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member "
3321 "in the archive (except at the end), as described below."
3327 "The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes "
3328 "the part number. It contains the raw part data."
3334 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
3335 "should ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members "
3336 "may be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
3343 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg-split(1)>."
3344 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
3347 #: deb-src-control.pod
3349 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
3350 msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source package template control file format"
3351 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
3354 #: deb-src-control.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
3356 msgid "B<debian/control>"
3357 msgstr "deb-control"
3360 #: deb-src-control.pod
3362 "Each Debian source package contains the «B<debian/control>» template source "
3363 "control file, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a superset of the B<control> "
3364 "file shipped in Debian binary packages, see L<deb-control(5)>."
3368 #: deb-src-control.pod
3370 "This file contains at least 2 stanzas, separated by a blank line. The first "
3371 "stanza is called the source package stanza and lists all information about "
3372 "the source package in general, while each following stanzas are called the "
3373 "binary package stanzas and describe exactly one binary package per stanza. "
3374 "Each stanza consists of at least one field. A field starts with a field "
3375 "name, such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a "
3376 "colon, the body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise) and a "
3377 "newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, but each supplementary line, "
3378 "without a field name, should start with at least one space. The content of "
3379 "the multi-line fields is generally joined to a single line by the tools "
3380 "(except in the case of the B<Description> field, see below). To insert "
3381 "empty lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot after the space. Lines "
3382 "starting with a ‘B<#>’ are treated as comments."
3386 #: deb-src-control.pod
3388 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
3389 msgid "SOURCE FIELDS"
3390 msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
3393 #: deb-src-control.pod
3395 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
3396 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)"
3397 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
3400 #: deb-src-control.pod
3402 "The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match "
3403 "the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name "
3404 "must consist only of lowercase letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and "
3405 "minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two "
3406 "characters long and must start with a lowercase alphanumeric character (a-"
3411 #: deb-src-control.pod
3414 #| "Should be in the format `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>', and is "
3415 #| "typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of "
3416 #| "the software that was packaged."
3418 "Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and "
3419 "references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the "
3420 "author of the software or the original packager."
3422 "Тело поля должно быть в формате `Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>' и "
3423 "обычно представляет собой имя создателя пакета, а не имя автора программы, "
3424 "которая была упакована."
3427 #: deb-src-control.pod
3429 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
3430 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email>"
3431 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
3434 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3436 "Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in "
3437 "the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should "
3438 "be separated by a comma."
3442 #: deb-src-control.pod
3444 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
3445 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string>"
3446 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
3449 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3451 "This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards "
3452 "this package complies with."
3456 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3458 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
3459 msgid "B<Description> I<short-description>"
3460 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
3463 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3466 "The format for the source package description is a short brief summary on "
3467 "the first line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should "
3468 "be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long "
3469 "description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long "
3470 "description must contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space."
3472 "Формат описания пакета -- это краткое и ёмкое описание в первой строке "
3473 "(после поля \"Description\"). Последующие строки могут быть использованы как "
3474 "длинное, более детальное описание. В начале каждой строки длинного описания "
3475 "должен находиться пробел, а пустые строки в длинном описании должны "
3476 "содержать одну точку '.', следующую сразу после начального пробела."
3479 #: deb-src-control.pod
3480 msgid "The upstream project home page URL."
3484 #: deb-src-control.pod
3486 "The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used "
3487 "format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like B<debbugs://bugs.debian."
3488 "org>. This field is usually not needed."
3492 #: deb-src-control.pod
3494 msgid "B<Build-Driver:> I<driver-name>"
3495 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
3498 #: deb-src-control.pod
3500 "This experimental field specifies the name of the build driver to use to "
3501 "build this package. When omitted the I<driver-name> defaults to B<debian-"
3506 #: deb-src-control.pod
3508 msgid "This field is supported since dpkg 1.22.7."
3509 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
3512 #: deb-src-control.pod
3513 msgid "B<Rules-Requires-Root:> B<no>|B<binary-targets>|I<impl-keywords>"
3517 #: deb-src-control.pod
3519 "This field is used to indicate whether the B<debian/rules> file requires "
3520 "(fake)root privileges to run some of its targets, and if so when."
3524 #: deb-src-control.pod
3526 "The binary targets will not require (fake)root at all. This is the default "
3527 "in B<dpkg-build-api> level >= 1."
3531 #: deb-src-control.pod
3533 msgid "B<binary-targets>"
3534 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
3537 #: deb-src-control.pod
3539 "The binary targets must always be run under (fake)root. This value is the "
3540 "default in B<dpkg-build-api> level 0, when the field is omitted; adding the "
3541 "field with an explicit B<binary-targets>, while not strictly needed, marks "
3542 "it as having been analyzed for this requirement."
3546 #: deb-src-control.pod
3547 msgid "I<impl-keywords>"
3551 #: deb-src-control.pod
3553 "This is a space-separated list of keywords which define when (fake)root is "
3558 #: deb-src-control.pod
3560 "Keywords consist of I<namespace>/I<cases>. The I<namespace> part cannot "
3561 "contain \"/\" or whitespace. The I<cases> part cannot contain whitespace. "
3562 "Furthermore, both parts must consist entirely of printable ASCII characters."
3566 #: deb-src-control.pod
3568 "Each tool/package will define a namespace named after itself and provide a "
3569 "number of cases where (fake)root is required. (See \"Implementation "
3570 "provided keywords\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>)."
3574 #: deb-src-control.pod
3576 "When the field is set to one of the I<impl-keywords>, the builder will "
3577 "expose an interface that is used to run a command under (fake)root. (See "
3578 "\"Gain Root API\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>.)"
3582 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3584 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3585 msgid "B<Testsuite:> I<name-list>"
3586 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3589 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3591 #| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3592 msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:> I<package-list>"
3593 msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3596 #: deb-src-control.pod
3598 "These fields are described in the L<dsc(5)> manual page, as they are "
3599 "generated from information inferred from B<debian/tests/control> or copied "
3600 "literally to the source control file."
3604 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3606 msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:> I<url>"
3607 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3610 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3612 msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:> I<url>"
3613 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3616 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3618 msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:> I<url>"
3619 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3622 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3624 msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:> I<url>"
3625 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3628 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3630 msgid "B<Vcs-Git:> I<url>"
3631 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3634 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3636 msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:> I<url>"
3637 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3640 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3642 msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:> I<url>"
3643 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3646 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3648 msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:> I<url>"
3649 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3652 #: deb-src-control.pod
3654 "The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this "
3655 "package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, "
3656 "B<Darcs>, B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> "
3657 "(Subversion). Usually this field points to the latest version of the "
3658 "package, such as the main branch or the trunk."
3662 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3664 msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:> I<url>"
3665 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3668 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3670 "The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System "
3675 #: deb-src-control.pod
3677 "The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field "
3678 "is usually not needed."
3682 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3684 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3685 msgid "B<Build-Depends:> I<package-list>"
3686 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3689 #: deb-src-control.pod
3691 "A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to "
3692 "build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when "
3693 "building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source "
3694 "packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same "
3695 "effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Depends-"
3696 "Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied when building the "
3701 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3703 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3704 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3705 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3708 #: deb-src-control.pod
3710 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3711 "architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in "
3712 "this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build "
3713 "with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead."
3717 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3719 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3720 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3721 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3724 #: deb-src-control.pod
3726 "Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the "
3727 "architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed "
3732 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3734 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3735 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:> I<package-list>"
3736 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3739 #: deb-src-control.pod
3741 "A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, "
3742 "for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a "
3743 "dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both B<Build-"
3744 "Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional effect of "
3745 "being used for source-only builds."
3749 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3751 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3752 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:> I<package-list>"
3753 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3756 #: deb-src-control.pod
3758 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3759 "dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to "
3760 "build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead."
3764 #: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod
3766 #| msgid "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
3767 msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:> I<package-list>"
3768 msgstr "B<Conflicts:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
3771 #: deb-src-control.pod
3773 "Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture "
3774 "independent packages."
3778 #: deb-src-control.pod
3781 "The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-"
3782 "Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each "
3783 "group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, "
3784 "‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas ‘B<,>’, and can end with a "
3785 "trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3786 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes "
3787 "as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally "
3788 "followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, "
3789 "optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses ‘B<(>’ "
3790 "and ‘B<)>’, an architecture specification in square brackets ‘B<[>’ and "
3791 "‘B<]>’, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of profile "
3792 "names in angle brackets ‘B<E<lt>>’ and ‘B<E<gt>>’."
3794 "Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> "
3795 "позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это "
3796 "список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы "
3797 "разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки "
3798 "как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках "
3799 "можно указать его версию."
3802 #: deb-src-control.pod
3805 "The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-"
3806 "Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, where "
3807 "the comma is read as an “AND”, and where the list can end with a trailing "
3808 "comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for L<deb-"
3809 "control(5)> (since dpkg 1.10.14). Specifying alternative packages using a "
3810 "“pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed by a "
3811 "version number specification in parentheses, an architecture specification "
3812 "in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more "
3813 "lists of profile names in angle brackets."
3815 "Синтаксис полей B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> и B<Suggests> "
3816 "позволяет описать группу альтернативных пакетов. Каждая такая группа -- это "
3817 "список пакетов, разделённых символом вертикальной черты `|'. Группы "
3818 "разделяются запятыми. Запятые можно читать как `И', а вертикальные чёрточки "
3819 "как `ИЛИ'. Каждый элемент является именем пакета, причём в круглых скобках "
3820 "можно указать его версию."
3823 #: deb-src-control.pod
3825 "An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since "
3826 "dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). "
3827 "If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host "
3828 "architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real "
3829 "Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that "
3830 "package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if "
3831 "the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match "
3832 "the current build architecture if the package is not marked with B<Multi-"
3837 #: deb-src-control.pod
3839 "An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, "
3840 "separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the "
3841 "names, meaning “NOT”."
3845 #: deb-src-control.pod
3847 "A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated "
3848 "by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items "
3849 "in the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and "
3850 "can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction "
3851 "formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression."
3855 #: deb-src-control.pod
3857 "Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be "
3858 "omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A "
3859 "list of these packages is in the build-essential package."
3863 #: deb-src-control.pod
3865 #| msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
3866 msgid "BINARY FIELDS"
3867 msgstr "НЕОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
3870 #: deb-src-control.pod
3872 "Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in "
3873 "a binary stanza to override the global value from the source package."
3877 #: deb-src-control.pod
3879 #| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
3880 msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)"
3881 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
3884 #: deb-src-control.pod
3886 "This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions "
3887 "as to a source package name apply."
3891 #: deb-src-control.pod
3893 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
3894 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)"
3895 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
3898 #: deb-src-control.pod
3900 "The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For "
3901 "packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages "
3902 "that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or "
3903 "documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain "
3904 "set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a space. "
3905 "It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see L<dpkg-"
3906 "architecture(1)> for more information about them)."
3910 #: deb-src-control.pod
3911 msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>"
3915 #: deb-src-control.pod
3917 "This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or "
3918 "does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula "
3919 "syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used (including the angle "
3924 #: deb-src-control.pod
3926 "If a binary package stanza does not contain this field, then it implicitly "
3927 "means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at all)."
3931 #: deb-src-control.pod
3933 "In other words, if a binary package stanza is annotated with a non-empty "
3934 "B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only "
3935 "if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression "
3936 "evaluates to true."
3940 #: deb-src-control.pod
3942 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
3943 msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>"
3944 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
3947 #: deb-src-control.pod
3949 "These fields are described in the L<deb-control(5)> manual page, as they are "
3950 "copied literally to the control file of the binary package."
3954 #: deb-src-control.pod
3956 "These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in "
3957 "the L<deb-control(5)> manual page. When these fields are found in I<debian/"
3958 "control> they can also end with a trailing comma (since dpkg 1.10.14), have "
3959 "architecture specifications and restriction formulas which will all get "
3960 "reduced when generating the fields for L<deb-control(5)>."
3964 #: deb-src-control.pod
3966 "These fields are used by the debian-installer in B<udeb>s and are usually "
3967 "not needed. For more details about them, see L<https://salsa.debian.org/"
3968 "installer-team/debian-installer/-/raw/master/doc/devel/modules.txt>."
3972 #: deb-src-control.pod
3974 #| msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
3975 msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS"
3976 msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
3979 #: deb-src-control.pod
3981 "It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. "
3982 "The tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied "
3983 "over to the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a "
3984 "custom naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero "
3985 "or more of the letters B<SBC> and a hyphen."
3989 #: deb-src-control.pod
3994 #: deb-src-control.pod
3996 "The field will appear in the source package control file, see L<dsc(5)>."
4000 #: deb-src-control.pod
4005 #: deb-src-control.pod
4007 "The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see L<deb-"
4012 #: deb-src-control.pod
4017 #: deb-src-control.pod
4019 "The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see L<deb-"
4024 #: deb-src-control.pod
4026 "Note that the B<X>[B<SBC>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are "
4027 "copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as "
4028 "B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or "
4029 "source package control files."
4033 #: deb-src-control.pod
4035 "Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global "
4036 "namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially "
4037 "recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those "
4038 "fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>."
4042 #: deb-src-control.pod
4048 " Priority: required\n"
4049 " Maintainer: Dpkg Developers <debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org>\n"
4050 " # this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n"
4051 " XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n"
4052 " Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n"
4053 " Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
4054 " Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n"
4055 " Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n"
4056 " Build-Depends: pkgconf, debhelper (>= 4.1.81),\n"
4057 " libselinux1-dev (>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n"
4062 #: deb-src-control.pod
4065 " Package: dpkg-dev\n"
4067 " Priority: optional\n"
4068 " Architecture: all\n"
4069 " # this is a custom field in the binary package\n"
4070 " XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog <hertzog@debian.org>\n"
4071 " Depends: dpkg (>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (>= 2.4.2-2),\n"
4072 " bzip2, lzma, patch (>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n"
4073 " Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n"
4074 " Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n"
4075 " Conflicts: dpkg-cross (<< 2.0.0), devscripts (<< 2.10.26)\n"
4076 " Replaces: manpages-pl (<= 20051117-1)\n"
4077 " Description: Debian package development tools\n"
4078 " This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n"
4079 " required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n"
4081 " Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n"
4082 " for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n"
4087 #: deb-src-control.pod
4090 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
4091 "L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>"
4092 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
4095 #: deb-src-files.pod
4097 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
4098 msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format"
4099 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
4102 #: deb-src-files.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
4103 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
4105 msgid "B<debian/files>"
4106 msgstr "B<config-files>"
4109 #: deb-src-files.pod
4111 "This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the "
4112 "B<.changes> control file."
4116 #: deb-src-files.pod
4117 msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format."
4121 #: deb-src-files.pod
4122 msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority> [ I<keyword=value...> ]"
4126 #: deb-src-files.pod
4127 msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute."
4131 #: deb-src-files.pod
4133 "I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields "
4134 "available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution "
4139 #: deb-src-files.pod
4141 "I<keyword=value...> corresponds to an optional whitespace-delimited list of "
4142 "attributes for this entry. The only currently supported keyword is "
4143 "B<automatic> with value B<yes>, to mark automatically generated files."
4147 #: deb-src-files.pod deb-version.pod dpkg-architecture.pod
4148 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
4153 #: deb-src-files.pod
4155 "This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of B<dpkg-"
4156 "gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it."
4160 #: deb-src-files.pod
4162 msgid "L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
4163 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
4166 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4168 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
4169 msgid "deb-src-rules - Debian source package rules file"
4170 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
4173 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4175 msgid "B<debian/rules>"
4176 msgstr "B<config-files>"
4179 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4181 "This file contains the instructions necessary to build the binary packages "
4182 "from the source package."
4186 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4188 "The I<debian/rules> file is an executable Makefile, with a shebang that is "
4189 "usually set to \"#!/usr/bin/make -f\"."
4193 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4194 msgid "It must support the following make targets:"
4198 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
4201 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
4204 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4206 "Clean up the source tree, by undoing any change done by any of the build and "
4207 "binary targets. This target will be called with root privileges."
4211 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4213 msgid "B<build-indep>"
4214 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
4217 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4219 "Build architecture independent files required to build any architecture "
4220 "independent binary package. If there are no architecture independent binary "
4221 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
4222 "target must not require root privileges."
4226 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4228 msgid "B<build-arch>"
4229 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4232 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4234 "Build architecture dependent files required to build any architecture "
4235 "dependent binary package. If there are no architecture dependent binary "
4236 "packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This "
4237 "target must not require root privileges."
4241 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
4244 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
4247 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4249 "Build architecture independent and dependent files, either by depending (at "
4250 "least transitively) on B<build-indep> and/or B<build-arch> or by inlining "
4251 "what those targets would do. This target must not require root privileges."
4255 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4256 msgid "B<binary-indep>"
4260 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4262 "Build architecture independent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
4263 "least transitively) on either B<build-indep> or B<build>. This target will "
4264 "be called with root privileges."
4268 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4270 msgid "B<binary-arch>"
4271 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4274 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4276 "Build architecture dependent binary packages. This target must depend (at "
4277 "least transitively) on either B<build-arch> or B<build>. This target will "
4278 "be called with root privileges."
4282 #: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
4283 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
4288 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4290 "Build architecture independent and dependent binary packages, either by "
4291 "depending (at least transitively) on B<binary-indep> and/or B<binary-arch> "
4292 "or by inlining what those targets would do. This target will be called with "
4297 #: deb-src-rules.pod
4300 "L<dpkg-architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-"
4301 "parsechangelog(1)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, L<dpkg-"
4302 "deb(1)>, L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
4303 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
4306 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4307 msgid "deb-src-symbols - Debian's extended shared library template file"
4311 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4313 "B<debian/>I<package>B<.symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/"
4314 ">I<package>B<.symbols>, B<debian/symbols>"
4318 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4320 "The symbol file templates are shipped in Debian source packages, and its "
4321 "format is a superset of the symbols files shipped in binary packages, see "
4322 "L<deb-symbols(5)>."
4326 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4331 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4333 "Comments are supported in template symbol files. Any line with ‘#’ as the "
4334 "first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see "
4335 "section L</Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special "
4336 "comments documenting symbols that have disappeared."
4340 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4341 msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution"
4345 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4347 "In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. "
4348 "To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use "
4349 "the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name "
4350 "during installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> "
4351 "marker, I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary "
4356 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4357 msgid "Using symbol tags"
4361 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4363 "Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. "
4364 "Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While "
4365 "all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by B<dpkg-"
4366 "gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See subsection L</"
4367 "Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags."
4371 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4373 "Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is "
4374 "allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends "
4375 "with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple "
4376 "tags are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a "
4377 "value which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names "
4378 "and values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the "
4379 "special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag "
4380 "specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters "
4381 "to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for "
4382 "the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up "
4383 "until the first space."
4387 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4390 " (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n"
4391 " (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n"
4392 " untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4397 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4399 "The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two "
4400 "tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has "
4401 "no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged "
4402 "with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal "
4407 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4409 "Since symbol tags are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format, they can "
4410 "only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files "
4411 "should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are "
4412 "embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the "
4413 "B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the L<deb-"
4414 "symbols(5)> format: it fully processes symbols according to the requirements "
4415 "of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On the "
4416 "contrary, in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both standard "
4417 "and unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their original "
4418 "form as they were loaded."
4422 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4423 msgid "Standard symbol tags"
4427 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4429 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
4431 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
4434 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4436 "A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and "
4437 "that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared "
4438 "optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new "
4439 "package revision. This behavior serves as a reminder for the maintainer "
4440 "that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to "
4441 "the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as "
4442 "MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back "
4443 "to the “existing” status with its minimum version unchanged."
4447 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4449 "This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance "
4450 "do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations "
4451 "fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an "
4452 "arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered "
4457 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4459 msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>"
4460 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4463 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4465 msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>"
4466 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4469 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4471 msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>"
4472 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
4475 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4477 "These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol "
4478 "is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are "
4479 "supported since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the "
4480 "symbols discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not "
4481 "concern the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. "
4482 "If an arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not "
4483 "exist in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may "
4484 "cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific "
4485 "symbol is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host "
4486 "architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and "
4487 "bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian "
4488 "tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), "
4489 "but it is not considered as new."
4493 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4495 "When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols "
4496 "only those that match the current host architecture are written to the "
4497 "symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those "
4498 "from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in "
4503 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4505 "The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the "
4506 "B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square "
4507 "brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be "
4508 "considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only "
4509 "on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel."
4513 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4516 " (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4517 " (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4518 " (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n"
4523 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4524 msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>."
4528 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4531 " (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4532 " (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4537 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4538 msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>."
4542 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4545 " (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4546 " (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4551 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4552 msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained."
4556 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4559 " (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4564 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4566 msgid "B<allow-internal>"
4570 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4572 "dpkg-gensymbols has a list of internal symbols that should not appear in "
4573 "symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation "
4574 "details of the toolchain (since dpkg 1.20.1). If for some reason, you "
4575 "really want one of those symbols to be included in the symbols file, you "
4576 "should tag the symbol with B<allow-internal>. It can be necessary for some "
4577 "low level toolchain libraries like “libgcc”."
4581 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4583 msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>"
4584 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
4587 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4589 "A deprecated alias for B<allow-internal> (since dpkg 1.20.1, supported since "
4594 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4600 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4602 "Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4607 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4613 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4615 "Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol "
4616 "patterns> subsection below."
4620 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4627 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4629 "Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See L</Using symbol patterns> subsection "
4634 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4635 msgid "Using symbol patterns"
4639 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4641 "Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real "
4642 "symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each "
4643 "pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol "
4644 "counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern "
4645 "is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification "
4646 "of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be "
4647 "considered as new."
4651 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4653 "A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the "
4654 "library. By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under B<-"
4655 "c1> or higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern may "
4656 "be marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match "
4657 "anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any "
4658 "symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the "
4659 "I<arch> tag. Please refer to L</Standard symbol tags> subsection above for "
4664 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4666 "Patterns are an extension of the L<deb-symbols(5)> format hence they are "
4667 "only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not "
4668 "any different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part "
4669 "of the specification serves as an expression to be matched against "
4670 "I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different "
4671 "pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag."
4675 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4676 msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:"
4680 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4682 "This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by "
4683 "their demangled symbol name (as emitted by L<c++filt(1)> utility). This "
4684 "pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary "
4685 "across different architectures while their demangled names remain the same. "
4686 "One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have architecture "
4687 "specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common instance of this "
4688 "case is a virtual destructor which under diamond inheritance needs a non-"
4689 "virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if _ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on "
4690 "32-bit architectures will probably be _ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64-"
4691 "bit ones, it can be matched with a single I<c++> pattern:"
4695 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4698 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4700 " (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n"
4706 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4708 "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:"
4712 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4715 " $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n"
4720 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4722 "Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, "
4723 "this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real "
4724 "symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with "
4725 "non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most "
4726 "constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols "
4727 "for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they "
4728 "should not degrade quality of the symbol file."
4732 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4734 "This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries "
4735 "have versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream "
4736 "version where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a "
4737 "I<symver> pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. "
4742 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4745 " libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n"
4746 " (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n"
4748 " (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n"
4749 " access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n"
4754 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4756 "All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to "
4757 "minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol "
4758 "access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 "
4759 "version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern "
4760 "because specific symbols take precedence over patterns."
4764 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4766 "Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" "
4767 "in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by "
4768 "new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 "
4769 "2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same "
4770 "behavior is needed."
4774 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4776 "Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by "
4777 "the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular "
4778 "expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the "
4779 "I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> "
4780 "string. For example:"
4784 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4787 " libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n"
4788 " (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n"
4789 " (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n"
4794 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4796 "Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", "
4797 "\"mystack_pop@Base\", etc., will be matched by the first pattern while "
4798 "\"ng_mystack_new@Base\" would not. The second pattern will match all "
4799 "symbols having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will "
4800 "inherit I<optional> tag from the pattern."
4804 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4806 "Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that "
4807 "case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For "
4812 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4815 " (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\d\\(int\\)@Base\" 1.0\n"
4816 " (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base 1.0\n"
4821 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4823 "will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and "
4824 "\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first "
4825 "pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled "
4826 "name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when "
4827 "matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw "
4828 "symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to "
4829 "demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of "
4830 "the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, "
4831 "\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base\" will not match either of "
4832 "the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol."
4836 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4838 "In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> "
4839 "and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple "
4840 "basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) "
4841 "while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each "
4842 "symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns."
4846 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4848 "When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, "
4849 "then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are "
4850 "matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the "
4851 "first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template "
4852 "file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs "
4853 "based on the alphanumerical order of their names."
4857 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4858 msgid "Using includes"
4862 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4864 "When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become "
4865 "inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include "
4866 "directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:"
4870 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4872 "You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that "
4873 "file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive "
4878 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4881 " #include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"\n"
4886 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4887 msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:"
4891 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4894 " (tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"\n"
4899 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4901 "As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered "
4902 "to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature "
4903 "to create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture "
4904 "specific symbol files:"
4908 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4911 " common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n"
4912 " (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64-bit\"\n"
4913 " (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32-bit\"\n"
4914 " common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n"
4919 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4921 "The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are "
4922 "processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of "
4923 "the included file can override any content that appeared before the include "
4924 "directive and that any content after the directive can override anything "
4925 "contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include "
4926 "directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override "
4927 "values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no "
4928 "way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags."
4932 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4934 "An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the "
4935 "library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. "
4936 "However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to "
4937 "do it is the following:"
4941 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4944 " #include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n"
4945 " arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n"
4950 #: deb-src-symbols.pod
4952 msgid "L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
4953 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
4956 #: deb-substvars.pod
4957 msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables"
4961 #: deb-substvars.pod
4963 "B<debian/substvars>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.substvars>, variables"
4967 #: deb-substvars.pod
4969 "Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their "
4970 "control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> "
4971 "and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they "
4972 "perform some variable substitutions on the output file."
4976 #: deb-substvars.pod
4977 msgid "Variable Syntax"
4981 #: deb-substvars.pod
4983 "A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable "
4984 "names consist of alphanumerics (a-zA-Z0-9), hyphens (-) and colons (:) and "
4985 "start with an alphanumeric, and are case-sensitive, even though they might "
4986 "refer to other entities which are case-preserving. Variable substitutions "
4987 "are performed repeatedly until none are left; the full text of the field "
4988 "after the substitution is rescanned to look for more substitutions."
4992 #: deb-substvars.pod
4997 #: deb-substvars.pod
4999 "Substitution variables can be specified in a file. These files consist of "
5000 "lines of the form I<name>B<=>I<value>, I<name>B<?=>I<value>, or I<name>B<!"
5001 "=>I<value>. The B<=> operator assigns a normal substitution variable, the "
5002 "B<?=> operator (since dpkg 1.21.8) assigns an optional substitution variable "
5003 "which will emit no warnings even if unused, and the B<!=> operator (since "
5004 "dpkg 1.22.7) assigns a required substitution variable which will error out "
5005 "if unused. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and lines "
5006 "starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored."
5010 #: deb-substvars.pod
5011 msgid "Substitution"
5015 #: deb-substvars.pod
5017 "Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also "
5018 "specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is "
5019 "specified using the B<-T> common option)."
5023 #: deb-substvars.pod
5025 "After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string "
5026 "B<${}> (which is not an actual substitution variable) is replaced with a "
5027 "B<$> sign. This can be used as an escape sequence such as B<${}"
5028 "{>I<VARIABLE>B<}> which will end up as B<${>I<VARIABLE>B<}> on the output."
5032 #: deb-substvars.pod
5034 "If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an "
5035 "empty value is assumed."
5039 #: deb-substvars.pod
5041 "While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those "
5042 "fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not "
5043 "yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> "
5044 "and B<Architecture> fields."
5048 #: deb-substvars.pod
5050 "Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have "
5051 "been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you "
5052 "do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly "
5053 "when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is "
5054 "set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following "
5059 #: deb-substvars.pod
5062 " Description: foo application\n"
5070 #: deb-substvars.pod
5071 msgid "It will result in:"
5075 #: deb-substvars.pod
5078 " Description: foo application\n"
5087 #: deb-substvars.pod
5088 msgid "Built-in Variable"
5092 #: deb-substvars.pod
5093 msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are always available:"
5097 #: deb-substvars.pod
5103 #: deb-substvars.pod
5105 "The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being "
5106 "built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
5110 #: deb-substvars.pod
5112 msgid "B<vendor:Name>"
5113 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
5116 #: deb-substvars.pod
5118 "The current vendor name (since dpkg 1.20.0). This value comes from the "
5119 "B<Vendor> field for the current vendor's origin file, as L<dpkg-vendor(1)> "
5120 "would retrieve it."
5124 #: deb-substvars.pod
5126 msgid "B<vendor:Id>"
5127 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
5130 #: deb-substvars.pod
5132 "The current vendor ID (since dpkg 1.20.0). This is just the lowercase "
5133 "variant of B<vendor:Name>."
5137 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
5138 msgid "B<source:Version>"
5142 #: deb-substvars.pod
5144 msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5145 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
5148 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
5149 msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>"
5153 #: deb-substvars.pod
5155 "The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if "
5156 "any (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5160 #: deb-substvars.pod
5161 msgid "B<binary:Version>"
5165 #: deb-substvars.pod
5167 "The binary package version (which may differ from B<source:Version> in a "
5168 "binNMU for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5172 #: deb-substvars.pod
5174 msgid "B<Source-Version>"
5175 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
5178 #: deb-substvars.pod
5180 "The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now "
5181 "B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from "
5182 "its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as "
5187 #: deb-substvars.pod
5189 msgid "B<source:Synopsis>"
5190 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
5193 #: deb-substvars.pod
5195 "The source package synopsis, extracted from the source stanza B<Description> "
5196 "field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
5200 #: deb-substvars.pod
5202 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
5203 msgid "B<source:Extended-Description>"
5204 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
5207 #: deb-substvars.pod
5209 "The source package extended description, extracted from the source stanza "
5210 "B<Description> field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
5214 #: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod
5216 msgid "B<Installed-Size>"
5217 msgstr "B<installed>"
5220 #: deb-substvars.pod
5222 "The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is "
5223 "copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the "
5224 "value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will "
5225 "compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and "
5226 "symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other "
5227 "filesystem object type. With hardlinks only being counted once as a regular "
5232 #: deb-substvars.pod
5234 "B<Note>: Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as "
5235 "the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the "
5236 "filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or "
5237 "less space than the specified in this field."
5241 #: deb-substvars.pod
5242 msgid "B<Extra-Size>"
5246 #: deb-substvars.pod
5248 "Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable "
5249 "is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether "
5250 "set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the "
5251 "B<Installed-Size> control file field."
5255 #: deb-substvars.pod
5257 msgid "B<S:>I<field-name>"
5258 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5261 #: deb-substvars.pod
5263 "The value of the source stanza field I<field-name> (which must be given in "
5264 "the canonical capitalization; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables "
5265 "has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. "
5266 "These variables are only available when generating binary control files."
5270 #: deb-substvars.pod
5272 msgid "B<F:>I<field-name>"
5273 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5276 #: deb-substvars.pod
5278 "The value of the output field I<field-name> (which must be given in the "
5279 "canonical capitalization). Setting these variables has no effect other than "
5280 "on places where they are expanded explicitly."
5284 #: deb-substvars.pod
5289 #: deb-substvars.pod
5291 "The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source "
5292 "packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> "
5293 "field in the B<.changes> file will change too."
5297 #: deb-substvars.pod
5298 msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>"
5302 #: deb-substvars.pod
5303 msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character."
5307 #: deb-substvars.pod
5308 msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>"
5312 #: deb-substvars.pod
5314 "Variable settings with names of this form are generated by B<dpkg-shlibdeps>."
5318 #: deb-substvars.pod
5320 msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>"
5321 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5324 #: deb-substvars.pod
5325 msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5329 #: deb-substvars.pod
5331 msgid "B<dpkg:Version>"
5332 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5335 #: deb-substvars.pod
5336 msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)."
5340 #: deb-substvars.pod
5342 msgid "B<debian/substvars>"
5343 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
5346 #: deb-substvars.pod
5348 msgid "List of substitution variables and values."
5349 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
5352 #: deb-substvars.pod
5355 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-vendor(1)>, L<dpkg-genchanges(1)>, L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)>, "
5356 "L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
5357 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5361 msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file"
5366 msgid "B<DEBIAN/symbols>"
5372 "The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a "
5373 "subset of the template symbol files used by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)> in Debian "
5374 "source packages, see L<deb-src-symbols(5)>."
5380 "The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in "
5389 " I<library-soname> I<main-dependency-template>\n"
5390 " [| I<alternative-dependency-template>]\n"
5392 " [* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]\n"
5394 " I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n"
5401 "The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported "
5402 "by L<objdump(1)>. A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where "
5403 "I<#MINVER#> is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= "
5404 "I<minimal-version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed "
5411 "Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being "
5412 "“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a I<minimal-"
5413 "version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template is always "
5414 "used and will end up being combined with the dependency template referenced "
5415 "by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first alternative "
5416 "dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc. Each column is "
5417 "separated by exactly a single whitespace."
5423 "Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. "
5424 "Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the "
5425 "only valid fields are:"
5431 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
5432 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>"
5433 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
5438 "It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is "
5439 "used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at "
5440 "least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)."
5446 #| msgid "B<Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
5447 msgid "B<Build-Depends-Packages>"
5448 msgstr "B<Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
5453 "The same as B<Build-Depends-Package> but accepts a comma-separated list of "
5454 "package names (since dpkg 1.20.0). This field will override any B<Build-"
5455 "Depends-Package> field present, and is mostly useful with “-dev” packages "
5456 "and metapackages depending on these, say for a transition period."
5461 msgid "B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups>"
5467 "It indicates what internal symbol groups should be ignored, as a whitespace "
5468 "separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included "
5469 "in the output file (since dpkg 1.20.1). This should only be necessary for "
5470 "toolchain packages providing those internal symbols. The available groups "
5471 "are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and "
5478 msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>"
5479 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
5484 "A deprecated alias for B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups> (since dpkg 1.20.1, "
5485 "supported since dpkg 1.17.6)."
5490 msgid "Simple symbols file"
5497 " libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n"
5498 " DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5499 " FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n"
5506 msgid "Advanced symbols file"
5513 " libGL.so.1 libgl1\n"
5514 " | libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#\n"
5515 " * Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n"
5516 " publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n"
5518 " implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n"
5527 "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>, L<deb-src-"
5528 "symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>, L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>."
5529 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
5533 msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers"
5539 "B<debian/triggers>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.triggers>, B<DEBIAN/"
5546 "A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a "
5547 "I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during "
5548 "package creation)."
5554 "This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing "
5555 "whitespace and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, "
5556 "and empty lines will be ignored."
5561 msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:"
5567 msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>"
5568 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5573 msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>"
5574 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5579 msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5580 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5585 "Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers "
5586 "in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the "
5587 "triggers control file."
5593 "The “await” variants put the triggering package in triggers-awaited state "
5594 "depending on how the trigger was activated. The “noawait” variant does not "
5595 "put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state, even if the "
5596 "triggering package declared an “await” activation (either with an B<activate-"
5597 "await> or B<activate> directive, or by using the B<dpkg-trigger> B<--no-"
5598 "await> command-line option). The “noawait” variant should be used when the "
5599 "functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial."
5604 msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>"
5610 msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>"
5611 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5616 msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>"
5617 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
5622 "Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified "
5623 "trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following "
5624 "operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a "
5625 "conflicting package), purge and deconfigure."
5631 "The “await” variants only put the triggering package in triggers-awaited "
5632 "state if the interest directive is also “await”. The “noawait” variant "
5633 "never puts the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. The “noawait” "
5634 "variant should be used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not "
5641 "If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the "
5642 "trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of "
5643 "the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to "
5644 "installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers "
5645 "mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated."
5651 "Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the "
5658 "The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since "
5659 "triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be "
5660 "immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If "
5661 "the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will "
5662 "avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the "
5663 "trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade."
5669 "The “-noawait” variants are supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead to "
5670 "errors if used with an older dpkg."
5676 "The “-await” alias variants are supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will lead "
5677 "to errors if used with an older dpkg."
5683 "When a package provides an B<interest-noawait> directive, any activation "
5684 "will set the triggering package into “noawait” mode, regardless of the "
5685 "awaiting mode requested by the activation (either “await” or “noawait”). "
5686 "When a package provides an B<interest> or B<interest-await> directive, any "
5687 "activation will set the triggering package into “await” or “noawait“ "
5688 "depending on how it was activated."
5694 msgid "L<dpkg-trigger(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
5695 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5700 msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format"
5701 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
5705 msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]"
5711 "Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of "
5712 "three components. These are:"
5723 "This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in "
5724 "which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> "
5725 "may not contain any colons."
5731 "It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of "
5732 "a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be "
5739 msgid "I<upstream-version>"
5740 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
5745 "This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version "
5746 "number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has "
5747 "been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format "
5748 "as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be "
5749 "reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and "
5750 "comparison scheme."
5756 "The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the "
5757 "I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of "
5758 "the version number is mandatory."
5764 "The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the "
5765 "characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) "
5766 "and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then "
5767 "hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not allowed."
5773 msgid "I<debian-revision>"
5774 msgstr "B<config-files>"
5779 "This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package "
5780 "based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the "
5781 "characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the "
5782 "same way as the I<upstream-version> is."
5788 "It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not "
5789 "contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software "
5790 "was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is "
5791 "only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is "
5798 "It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the "
5799 "I<upstream-version> is increased."
5805 "Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string "
5806 "(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and I<debian-"
5807 "revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier than the "
5808 "presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least "
5809 "significant part of the version number)."
5814 msgid "Sorting algorithm"
5820 "The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the "
5821 "package management system using the same algorithm:"
5826 msgid "The strings are compared from left to right."
5832 "First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit "
5833 "characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are "
5834 "compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical "
5835 "comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters "
5836 "sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before "
5837 "anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in "
5838 "sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’."
5844 "Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists "
5845 "entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these "
5846 "two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result "
5847 "of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur "
5848 "at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero."
5854 "These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and "
5855 "initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both "
5856 "strings are exhausted."
5862 "Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in "
5863 "version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering "
5864 "scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers "
5865 "containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot "
5866 "interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings."
5872 "The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in "
5873 "dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for "
5874 "it later in the 1.10.x series."
5880 msgid "L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>"
5881 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
5885 msgid "deb - Debian binary package format"
5891 "The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is "
5892 "understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 "
5893 "and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)."
5899 "The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old "
5900 "format are described in L<deb-old(5)>."
5906 "The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only "
5907 "the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name "
5908 "extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which "
5909 "limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are "
5910 "limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 "
5917 "The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the "
5918 "pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames "
5919 "and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since "
5920 "dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg "
5921 "1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar "
5922 "entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, "
5923 "allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support "
5924 "permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID "
5925 "and device numbers."
5931 "The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, "
5932 "separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format "
5933 "version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs "
5934 "which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be "
5935 "increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is "
5942 "If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and "
5943 "the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to "
5944 "safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive "
5945 "(except at the end), as described below."
5951 "The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive "
5952 "containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported "
5953 "since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz "
5954 "(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), zstd (with B<.zst> "
5955 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.21.18), as a series of plain files, of "
5956 "which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control "
5957 "information, the B<md5sums>, B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and "
5958 "B<symbols> files contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, "
5959 "B<postinst>, B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. "
5960 "The control tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current "
5967 "The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the "
5968 "filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg "
5969 "1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> "
5970 "extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), zstd (with B<.zst> extension, "
5971 "supported since dpkg 1.21.18), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, supported "
5972 "since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported since dpkg "
5979 "These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations "
5980 "should ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may "
5981 "be defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these "
5982 "three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted after B<debian-"
5983 "binary> and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should be safely "
5984 "ignored by older programs, will have names starting with an underscore, "
5991 "Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted "
5992 "before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than "
5993 "underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be "
6009 msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package"
6019 msgid "application/x-debian-package"
6024 msgid "application/x-deb"
6030 "L<deb-old(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<deb-conffiles(5)>, L<deb-"
6031 "md5sums(5)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<deb-"
6032 "preinst(5)>, L<deb-postinst(5)>, L<deb-prerm(5)>, L<deb-postrm(5)>."
6037 msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format"
6043 "The package management system manipulates data represented in a common "
6044 "format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files "
6045 "are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files "
6046 "which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal "
6047 "databases are in a similar format)."
6058 "A control file consists of one or more stanzas of fields (the stanzas "
6059 "sometimes used to be referred to as paragraphs). The stanzas are separated "
6060 "by empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 "
6061 "B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB> as stanza separators, but control files should "
6062 "use empty lines. Some control files allow only one stanza; others allow "
6063 "several, in which case each stanza usually refers to a different package. "
6064 "(For example, in source packages, the first stanza refers to the source "
6065 "package, and later stanzas refer to binary packages generated from the "
6066 "source.) The ordering of the stanzas in control files is significant."
6072 "Each stanza consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of the "
6073 "field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value "
6074 "associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII "
6075 "characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters "
6076 "in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through "
6077 "U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment "
6078 "character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)."
6084 "The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation "
6085 "line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) "
6086 "may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is "
6087 "conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field "
6101 msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>."
6107 "Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files "
6108 "(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored."
6114 "A stanza must not contain more than one instance of a particular field name."
6119 msgid "There are three types of fields:"
6130 "The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field "
6131 "is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the "
6132 "field does not specify a different type."
6143 "The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. "
6144 "The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with "
6145 "a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, "
6146 "is not significant in the field values of folded fields."
6152 "This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that "
6153 "contain only one stanza and no multiline fields to be read by parsers "
6154 "written for RFC5322."
6160 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
6161 msgid "B<multiline>"
6162 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
6167 "The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. "
6168 "The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, "
6169 "often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are "
6170 "added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded "
6171 "fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of "
6178 "Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files "
6179 "or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of multi-"
6180 "character version relationships."
6186 "The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ "
6187 "between types of control files."
6193 "Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field "
6194 "names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive "
6195 "unless the description of the field says otherwise."
6201 "Stanza separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 B<SPACE> "
6202 "and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between fields. "
6203 "Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing them by a "
6204 "U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)."
6210 "Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are "
6211 "comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files "
6212 "(I<debian/control>) and in L<deb-origin(5)> files. These comment lines are "
6213 "ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical lines."
6218 msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8."
6223 msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>."
6227 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6229 "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building"
6233 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6235 msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
6236 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
6239 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6241 "B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and "
6242 "host architecture for package building."
6246 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6248 "The build architecture is always determined by either the B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH> "
6249 "variable if set (and B<--force> not being specified) or by an external call "
6250 "to L<dpkg(1)>, and cannot be set at the command line."
6254 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6256 "You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the "
6257 "options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>, otherwise the B<DEB_HOST_ARCH> "
6258 "variable is used if set (and B<--force> not being specified). The default "
6259 "is determined by an external call to L<gcc(1)>, or the same as the build "
6260 "architecture if B<CC> or gcc are both not available. One out of B<--host-"
6261 "arch> and B<--host-type> is sufficient, the value of the other will be set "
6262 "to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, "
6263 "because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does not match the "
6268 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6269 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod
6270 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6271 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
6276 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6278 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>"
6279 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
6282 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6284 "Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format "
6285 "I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action."
6289 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6291 msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>"
6292 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6295 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6297 "Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
6298 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to "
6299 "check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture "
6300 "wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
6305 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6307 msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>"
6308 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6311 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6313 "Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the "
6314 "current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture-"
6315 "wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture wildcard, to check if "
6316 "they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not "
6321 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6323 msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>"
6324 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
6327 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6328 msgid "Print the value of a single variable."
6332 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6334 msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>"
6335 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
6338 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6340 "Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables "
6341 "using the POSIX shell or make B<eval>, depending on the output format."
6345 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6347 msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>"
6348 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
6351 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6352 msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-set> but to unset all variables."
6356 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6358 msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command-string>"
6359 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
6362 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6364 "Execute a I<command-string> in an environment which has all variables set to "
6365 "the determined value."
6369 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6371 "If the I<command-string> contains shell metacharacters, then it will be "
6372 "invoked through the system bourne shell."
6376 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6378 msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>"
6379 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
6382 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6384 "Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or "
6385 "more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or B<--"
6386 "match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6390 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6391 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6392 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6393 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod
6394 #: dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
6395 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
6397 msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>"
6398 msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
6401 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6402 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6403 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6404 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6405 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6406 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6407 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-split.pod
6408 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
6409 #: update-alternatives.pod
6410 msgid "Show the usage message and exit."
6414 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6415 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6416 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6417 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6418 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
6419 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
6420 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
6421 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
6422 #: update-alternatives.pod
6424 msgid "B<--version>"
6425 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
6428 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
6429 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6430 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
6431 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6432 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
6433 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6434 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6435 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6436 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
6438 msgid "Show the version and exit."
6439 msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
6442 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6443 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
6444 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
6445 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
6446 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
6447 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6448 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
6449 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
6450 #: update-alternatives.pod
6455 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6457 msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>"
6458 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6461 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6463 msgid "Set the host Debian architecture."
6464 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6467 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
6469 msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6470 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
6473 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6474 msgid "Set the host GNU system type."
6478 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6480 msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
6481 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
6484 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6486 msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6487 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6490 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6492 msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
6493 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
6496 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6497 msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6501 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6503 msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>"
6504 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6507 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6509 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the "
6510 "specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6514 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6516 msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>"
6517 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6520 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6522 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6523 "specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>."
6527 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6529 msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>"
6530 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
6533 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6535 "Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the "
6536 "specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>."
6540 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6542 msgid "B<--print-format> I<format>"
6543 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
6546 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6548 "Sets the output format for B<--print-set> and B<--print-unset> (since dpkg "
6549 "1.20.6), to either B<shell> (default) or B<make>."
6553 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6555 msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>"
6556 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
6559 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6561 "Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by "
6562 "the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this "
6563 "force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when "
6564 "the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example "
6565 "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>)."
6569 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6574 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6575 msgid "build machine"
6579 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6580 msgid "The machine the package is built on."
6584 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6585 msgid "host machine"
6589 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6590 msgid "The machine the package is built for."
6594 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6595 msgid "target machine"
6599 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6601 "The machine the compiler is building for, or the emulator will run code "
6602 "for. This is only needed when building a cross-toolchain (or emulator), one "
6603 "that will be built on the build architecture, to be run on the host "
6604 "architecture, and to build (or run emulated) code for the target "
6609 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6611 msgid "Debian architecture"
6612 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6615 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6617 "The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP "
6618 "archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386."
6622 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6624 msgid "Debian architecture tuple"
6625 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6628 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6630 "A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its "
6631 "components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at "
6632 "least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has "
6633 "the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, "
6634 "eabihf-musl-linux-arm."
6638 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6640 msgid "Debian architecture wildcard"
6641 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6644 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6646 "A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will "
6647 "match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian "
6648 "architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them "
6649 "being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as "
6650 "B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:"
6654 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6655 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>"
6659 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6660 msgid "B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>"
6664 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6665 msgid "B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>"
6669 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6671 "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any."
6675 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6676 msgid "GNU system type"
6680 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6682 "An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a "
6683 "hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, i686-"
6684 "gnu, x86_64-netbsd."
6688 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6689 msgid "multiarch triplet"
6693 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6695 "The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does "
6696 "not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting "
6697 "paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system "
6698 "type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: "
6699 "i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: /lib/powerpc64le-linux-"
6700 "gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/."
6704 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6707 msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ"
6710 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6712 "The following variables are read from the environment (unless B<--force> has "
6713 "been specified) and set by B<dpkg-architecture> (see the B<TERMS> section "
6714 "for a description of the naming scheme):"
6718 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
6719 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>"
6723 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6724 msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine."
6728 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6730 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6731 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>"
6732 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6735 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6737 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6738 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6741 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6743 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6744 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>"
6745 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6748 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6750 msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6751 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6754 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6755 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>"
6759 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6760 msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6764 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6765 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>"
6769 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6771 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6772 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6775 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6776 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>"
6780 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6781 msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6785 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6786 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6790 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6791 msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6795 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6796 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>"
6800 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6801 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6805 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6806 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6810 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6811 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>."
6815 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6816 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>"
6820 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6821 msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine."
6825 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6826 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>"
6830 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6832 "The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem "
6833 "paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6837 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
6838 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
6839 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
6841 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6842 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>"
6843 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6846 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6847 msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine."
6851 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6853 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6854 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>"
6855 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6858 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6860 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6861 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6864 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6866 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6867 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>"
6868 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6871 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6873 msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6874 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6877 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6878 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>"
6882 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6883 msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6887 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6888 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>"
6892 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6894 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)."
6895 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
6898 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6899 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>"
6903 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6904 msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6908 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6909 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
6913 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6914 msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)."
6918 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6919 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>"
6923 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6924 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6928 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6929 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>"
6933 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6934 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>."
6938 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6939 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>"
6943 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6944 msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine."
6948 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6949 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>"
6953 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6955 "The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths "
6956 "(since dpkg 1.16.0)."
6960 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6962 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6963 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>"
6964 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6967 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6968 msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
6972 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6974 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6975 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>"
6976 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6979 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6981 msgid "The Debian ABI name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6982 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6985 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6987 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6988 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>"
6989 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
6992 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
6994 msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
6995 msgstr "Проект Debian"
6998 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7000 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7001 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>"
7002 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7005 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7006 msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7010 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7012 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7013 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>"
7014 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7017 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7019 msgid "The Debian CPU name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7020 msgstr "Проект Debian"
7023 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7025 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7026 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>"
7027 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7030 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7031 msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7035 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7037 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7038 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>"
7039 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7042 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7044 "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7048 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7049 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>"
7053 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7054 msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7058 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7059 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>"
7063 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7064 msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7068 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7069 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>"
7073 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7074 msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7078 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7080 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7081 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>"
7082 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7085 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7087 "The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem "
7088 "paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)."
7092 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7094 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
7095 msgid "Architecture tables"
7096 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
7099 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7101 "All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their "
7102 "location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable "
7103 "B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on "
7104 "their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they "
7105 "understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"."
7109 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7111 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>"
7112 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7115 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7117 "Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 "
7118 "(since dpkg 1.13.2)."
7122 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7124 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>"
7125 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7128 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7130 "Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format "
7131 "version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
7135 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7137 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>"
7138 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7141 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7143 "Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. "
7144 "Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)."
7148 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7150 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>"
7151 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7154 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7156 "Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 "
7157 "(since dpkg 1.18.11)."
7161 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7162 msgid "Packaging support"
7166 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7168 msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>"
7169 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7172 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7174 "Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that "
7175 "B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
7179 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7181 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to B<dpkg-"
7182 "architecture>. Other examples:"
7186 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7189 " CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build\n"
7194 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7197 " eval $(dpkg-architecture -u)\n"
7199 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7202 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7204 "Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an "
7209 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7212 " dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha\n"
7214 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7217 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7220 " dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips\n"
7222 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7225 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7226 msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:"
7230 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7233 " dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any\n"
7235 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7238 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7241 " dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any\n"
7243 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
7246 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
7247 msgid "Usage in debian/rules"
7251 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7253 "The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to I<debian/"
7254 "rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you should not "
7255 "rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the script. Instead, you "
7256 "should always initialize them using B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> "
7257 "option. Here are some examples, which also show how you can improve the "
7258 "cross compilation support in your package:"
7262 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7263 msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:"
7267 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7270 " DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7271 " DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7273 " ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n"
7274 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7276 " confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\\n"
7277 " --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n"
7280 " ./configure $(confflags)\n"
7285 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7286 msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:"
7290 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7293 " DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n"
7298 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7301 " ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n"
7308 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7310 "or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the "
7311 "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables."
7315 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7317 "Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set "
7318 "all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:"
7322 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7325 " include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n"
7327 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
7330 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7332 "In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get "
7333 "architecture information during a package build."
7337 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7338 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
7339 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
7340 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
7341 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7342 #: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7343 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7344 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
7345 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
7348 msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ"
7351 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7353 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7354 msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>"
7355 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7358 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7360 "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the "
7361 "architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to "
7366 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7367 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
7368 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7369 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7370 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
7371 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7372 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7373 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
7374 #: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7376 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7377 msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>"
7378 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7381 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7382 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod
7383 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
7384 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod
7385 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod
7386 #: dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
7387 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7389 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: "
7390 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
7394 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod
7395 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
7396 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7397 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7398 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
7399 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
7400 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
7401 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod
7403 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7405 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
7408 #: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
7409 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
7410 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
7411 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
7412 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
7413 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
7415 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
7416 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg "
7417 "1.19.0). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
7421 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7422 msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17."
7426 #: dpkg-architecture.pod
7428 msgid "L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>."
7429 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
7432 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7433 msgid "dpkg-build-api - source package dpkg build API level"
7437 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7439 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
7442 " dpkg-build-api (= 1),\n"
7444 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
7447 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7449 "The source package dpkg build API level, defines a versioned interface for "
7450 "source packages, where each API level provides specific behaviors and "
7455 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7457 "These interfaces can then be adopted by packages in a gradual way, and "
7458 "phased out more easily than with global behavior changes."
7462 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7464 "The declaration of this API level is done through build-dependencies, in one "
7465 "of B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> or B<Build-Depends-Arch>, or via "
7466 "the environment variable B<DPKG_BUILD_API>, which will override these if "
7467 "both are present, and might emit a warning in case they are different."
7471 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7476 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7481 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7483 "This level is still under development, and cannot be declared via build-"
7488 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7493 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7495 msgid "This is the recommended level. Since dpkg 1.22.0."
7496 msgstr "Проект Debian"
7499 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7500 msgid "Changes from v0 are:"
7504 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7506 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> no longer uses the B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment "
7507 "variable. The B<-l> option should be used instead."
7511 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7513 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> defaults to B<Rules-Requires-Root> value B<no>. To "
7514 "restore the B<v0> behavior B<Rules-Requires-Root> should be set to B<binary-"
7519 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7521 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> expects all required F<debian/rules> targets to be "
7522 "supported and no longer has backwards compatibility fallback code. The "
7523 "required targets are B<clean>, B<build>, B<build-indep>, B<build-arch>, "
7524 "B<binary-indep> and B<binary-arch>."
7528 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7530 "B<vendor.mk> defaults to using B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v1> for the "
7531 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> macro. To restore the B<v0> behavior set "
7532 "B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from> to B<dpkg_vendor_derives_from_v0>."
7536 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7537 msgid "B<default.mk> defaults to including B<buildtools.mk>."
7541 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7546 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7548 "This is the current global level, equivalent to not specifying one. The "
7549 "interfaces and behaviors provided are subject to the normal global interface "
7550 "updates, which tend to require longer deprecation cycles and/or coordinated "
7555 #: dpkg-build-api.pod
7557 #| msgid "deb-control"
7558 msgid "L<deb-src-control(5)>."
7559 msgstr "deb-control"
7562 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7563 msgid "dpkg-buildapi - returns the build API level to use during package build"
7567 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7569 msgid "B<dpkg-buildapi> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7570 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
7573 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7575 "B<dpkg-buildapi> is a tool to retrieve the L<dpkg-build-api(7)> level to use "
7576 "during build of source Debian packages."
7580 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7581 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.22.0."
7585 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
7586 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
7587 #: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod
7590 msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
7593 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
7595 msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>"
7599 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7601 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
7602 "default is F<debian/control>."
7606 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7608 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7609 msgid "B<DPKG_BUILD_API>"
7610 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
7613 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7615 "The build API level to use. This is intended to be used internally by the "
7616 "tools executed from F<debian/rules> to avoid having to parse F<debian/"
7617 "control> multiple times, and not to set the global build API level from "
7618 "F<debian/rules>, otherwise build drivers (such as L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>) "
7623 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
7625 "Sets the color mode. The currently accepted values are: B<auto> (default), "
7626 "B<always> and B<never>."
7630 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod dpkg-buildtree.pod
7632 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
7633 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support. The accepted "
7634 "values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
7638 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7640 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
7641 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildapi.mk>"
7642 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
7645 #: dpkg-buildapi.pod
7646 msgid "Makefile snippet that will parse the build API level."
7650 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7651 msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build"
7655 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7657 msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
7658 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
7661 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7663 "B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during "
7664 "build of Debian packages."
7668 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7670 "The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be extended/"
7671 "overridden in several ways:"
7675 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7680 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7681 msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;"
7685 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7690 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7692 "for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where "
7693 "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;"
7697 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7702 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7704 "temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section L</"
7709 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7714 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7716 "dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via "
7717 "B<debian/rules> (see section L</ENVIRONMENT>)."
7721 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7722 msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:"
7726 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7728 msgid "B<SET> I<flag> I<value>"
7729 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7732 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7733 msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>."
7737 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7739 msgid "B<STRIP> I<flag> I<value>"
7740 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7743 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7745 "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>. "
7746 "Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7750 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7752 msgid "B<APPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7753 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7756 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7758 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A "
7759 "space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is non-"
7764 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7766 msgid "B<PREPEND> I<flag> I<value>"
7767 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
7770 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7772 "Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. "
7773 "A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is "
7774 "non-empty. Since dpkg 1.16.1."
7778 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7780 "The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash "
7781 "(#). Empty lines are also ignored."
7785 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
7786 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.7."
7790 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7793 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
7796 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7798 "Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints "
7799 "one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign "
7800 "(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action."
7804 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7810 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7812 "Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See "
7813 "the L</SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them."
7817 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7820 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
7823 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7825 "Display any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of B<dpkg-"
7826 "buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, current "
7827 "vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting compiler flags "
7828 "with their origin."
7832 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7834 "This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps "
7835 "a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose "
7836 "problems related to them."
7840 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7842 msgid "B<--export=>I<format>"
7843 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
7846 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7848 "Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the "
7849 "compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not "
7850 "given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case "
7851 "character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the "
7852 "environment. Supported formats:"
7856 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7861 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7863 "Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7864 "environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for "
7865 "evaluation by a shell."
7869 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7874 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7876 "Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the "
7877 "compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell "
7882 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7884 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
7885 msgid "B<configure>"
7886 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
7889 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7890 msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>."
7894 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7899 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7901 "Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the "
7902 "environment. Output can be written to a Makefile fragment and evaluated "
7903 "using an B<include> directive."
7907 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7909 msgid "B<--get> I<flag>"
7910 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
7913 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7915 "Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is "
7916 "known otherwise exits with 1."
7920 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7922 msgid "B<--origin> I<flag>"
7923 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
7926 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7928 "Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if "
7929 "the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the "
7934 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7937 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
7940 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7941 msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;"
7945 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7951 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7952 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;"
7956 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7962 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7963 msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;"
7967 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7973 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7974 msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration."
7978 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7984 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7986 "Print any information that can be useful to explain the behavior of the "
7987 "program: current vendor, relevant environment variables, feature areas, "
7988 "state of all feature flags, whether a feature is handled as a builtin "
7989 "default by the compiler (since dpkg 1.21.14), and the compiler flags with "
7990 "their origin (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
7994 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
7995 msgid "For example:"
7999 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8004 " DEB_CFLAGS_SET=-O0 -Wall\n"
8009 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8021 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8024 " Area: hardening\n"
8033 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8036 " Area: reproducible\n"
8044 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8048 " Value: -O0 -Wall\n"
8054 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8058 " Value: -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2\n"
8064 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8066 msgid "B<--query-features> I<area>"
8067 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
8070 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8072 "Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). If the "
8073 "feature is handled (even if only on some architectures) as a builtin default "
8074 "by the compiler, then a B<Builtin> field is printed (since dpkg 1.21.14). "
8075 "See the L</FEATURE AREAS> section for more details about the currently "
8076 "recognized areas. Exits with 0 if the area is known otherwise exits with 1."
8080 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8082 "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:"
8086 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8096 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8099 " Feature: stackprotector\n"
8105 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8106 msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS"
8110 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8116 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8118 "Options for the host assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.21.0."
8122 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8128 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8130 "Options for the host C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
8131 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
8132 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)."
8136 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8141 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8142 msgid "Options for the host C preprocessor. Default value: empty."
8146 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8151 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8152 msgid "Options for the host C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>."
8156 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8158 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>"
8162 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8164 "Options for the host Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
8169 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8171 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>"
8175 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8177 "Options for the host Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>. Since "
8182 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8188 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8189 msgid "Options for the host D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.20.6."
8193 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8198 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8199 msgid "Options for the host Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>."
8203 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8209 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8211 "Options for the host Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>. Since dpkg "
8216 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8221 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8223 "Options passed to the host compiler when linking executables or shared "
8224 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
8225 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty."
8229 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8231 msgid "B<ASFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8235 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8237 "Options for the build assembler. Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8241 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8243 msgid "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8247 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8249 "Options for the build C compiler. The default value set by the vendor "
8250 "includes B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> "
8251 "if the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>). Since "
8256 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8258 msgid "B<CPPFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8262 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8264 "Options for the build C preprocessor. Default value: empty. Since dpkg "
8269 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8271 msgid "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8275 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8277 "Options for the build C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since "
8282 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8284 msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8288 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8290 "Options for the build Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
8291 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8295 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8297 msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8301 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8303 "Options for the build Objective C++ compiler. Same as "
8304 "B<CXXFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8308 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8310 msgid "B<DFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8314 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8315 msgid "Options for the build D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8319 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8321 msgid "B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8325 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8327 "Options for the build Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of "
8328 "B<CFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8332 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8334 msgid "B<FCFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8338 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8340 "Options for the build Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>. "
8341 "Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8345 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8347 msgid "B<LDFLAGS_FOR_BUILD>"
8351 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8353 "Options passed to the build compiler when linking executables or shared "
8354 "objects (if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be "
8355 "stripped from these options). Default value: empty. Since dpkg 1.22.1."
8359 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8361 "New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to "
8362 "support other languages)."
8366 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8367 msgid "FEATURE AREAS"
8371 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8373 "Feature areas are currently vendor specific, and the ones described below "
8374 "are only recognized on Debian and derivatives."
8378 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8380 "Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
8381 "and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the "
8382 "‘B<+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. Following the general syntax of these variables "
8383 "(described in L<dpkg-buildpackage(1)>), multiple feature areas can be "
8384 "specified separated by spaces, where each get feature specifiers as "
8385 "mandatory parameters after an equal sign (‘B<=>’). The feature specifiers "
8386 "are comma-separated and parsed from left to right, where the settings within "
8387 "the same feature specifier override previous ones, even if the feature "
8388 "specifiers are split across multiple space-separated feature area settings "
8389 "for the same area."
8393 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8395 "For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” feature and disable the "
8396 "“fortify” feature you can do this in B<debian/rules>:"
8400 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8403 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=+pie,-fortify\n"
8408 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8410 "The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or "
8411 "disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in "
8412 "the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be "
8417 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8420 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n"
8425 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8426 msgid "Multiple feature areas can be set:"
8430 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8433 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=+pie abi=+lfs\n"
8438 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8440 "The override behavior applies as much to the B<all> special feature, as to "
8441 "specific features, which should allow for composition. Thus to enable “lfs” "
8442 "in the B<abi> area, and only “pie” and “fortify” in the B<hardening> area, "
8443 "but “format” only when CONDITION is defined, this could be done with:"
8447 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8450 " export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS = hardening=-all,+pie,+format abi=+lfs\n"
8452 " DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS += hardening=+fortify\n"
8453 " ifdef CONDITION\n"
8454 " DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS += hardening=-format\n"
8460 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8465 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8467 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
8468 "that can change the ABI of a package, but cannot be enabled by default due "
8469 "to backwards compatibility reasons unless coordinated or checked "
8474 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8479 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8481 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; disabled by default) enables Large File "
8482 "Support on 32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include LFS by "
8483 "default, by adding B<-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64> to "
8488 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8490 "When this feature is enabled it will override the value from the same "
8491 "feature in the B<future> feature area."
8495 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8498 msgstr "B<installed>"
8501 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8503 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default except for i386, hurd-"
8504 "i386 and kfreebsd-i386 since dpkg 1.22.5) enables 64-bit time_t support on "
8505 "32-bit architectures where their ABI does not include it by default, by "
8506 "adding B<-D_TIME_BITS=64> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This setting automatically "
8507 "enables the B<lfs> feature from the B<abi> feature area."
8511 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8513 "If the setting is enabled explicitly then it gets enabled on all "
8514 "architectures including i386 but not hurd-i386 nor kfreebsd-i386 (where the "
8515 "kernel does not have time64 interfaces), ignoring the binary backwards "
8516 "compatibility default."
8520 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8522 "It is also enabled by default by gcc on the armel, armhf, hppa, m68k, mips, "
8523 "mipsel, powerpc and sh4 Debian architectures, where disabling the feature "
8524 "will add instead B<-U_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -U_FILE_OFFSET_BITS -U_TIME_BITS> to "
8529 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8534 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8536 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features "
8537 "that should be enabled by default, but cannot due to backwards compatibility "
8542 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8544 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.0; disabled by default) is now an alias for "
8545 "the B<lfs> feature in the B<abi> area, use that instead. The feature from "
8546 "the B<abi> area overrides this setting."
8550 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8555 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8557 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect "
8558 "problems in the source code or build system."
8562 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8563 msgid "B<bug-implicit-func>"
8567 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8569 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.3; enabled by default since dpkg 1.22.6) adds "
8570 "B<-Werror=implicit-function-declaration> to B<CFLAGS>."
8574 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8577 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
8580 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8582 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.4; disabled by default) adds any warning "
8583 "option that reliably detects problematic source code. The warnings are "
8584 "fatal. The only currently supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> "
8585 "with flags set to B<-Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, B<-"
8586 "Werror=implicit-function-declaration> and B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>."
8590 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8592 "This feature handles B<-Werror=implicit-function-declaration> via the B<bug-"
8593 "implicit-func> feature, if that has not been specified."
8597 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8602 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8604 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; disabled by default) adds dummy canary "
8605 "options to the build flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how "
8606 "the build flags propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build "
8607 "flag settings. The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, "
8608 "B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to B<-"
8609 "D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to B<-Wl,-z,deb-"
8610 "canary->I<random-id>."
8614 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8619 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8621 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help optimize a "
8622 "resulting binary (since dpkg 1.21.0). B<Note>: Enabling B<all> these "
8623 "options can result in unreproducible binary artifacts."
8627 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8632 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8634 "This setting (since dpkg 1.21.0; disabled by default) enables Link Time "
8635 "Optimization by adding B<-flto=auto -ffat-lto-objects> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8636 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<FCFLAGS> and "
8641 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8646 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8648 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a "
8649 "resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, "
8650 "threading data races and undefined behavior bugs. B<Note>: These options "
8651 "should B<not> be used for production builds as they can reduce reliability "
8652 "for conformant code, reduce security or even functionality."
8656 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8661 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8663 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8664 "fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-"
8665 "pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS>."
8669 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8672 msgstr "B<installed>"
8675 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8677 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8678 "fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8682 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8687 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8689 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8690 "fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It gets automatically disabled if either the "
8691 "B<address> or the B<thread> features are enabled, as they imply it."
8695 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8697 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
8698 msgid "B<undefined>"
8699 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
8702 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8704 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.0; disabled by default) adds B<-"
8705 "fsanitize=undefined> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>."
8709 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8714 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8716 "Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a "
8717 "resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional "
8718 "warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are "
8719 "enabled by default for architectures that support them."
8723 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8726 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
8729 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8731 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -"
8732 "Werror=format-security> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and "
8733 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn about improper format string uses, and will "
8734 "fail when format functions are used in a way that represent possible "
8735 "security problems. At present, this warns about calls to B<printf> and "
8736 "B<scanf> functions where the format string is not a string literal and there "
8737 "are no format arguments, as in B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", "
8738 "foo);> This may be a security hole if the format string came from untrusted "
8739 "input and contains ‘%n’."
8743 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8748 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8750 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-"
8751 "D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler "
8752 "knows a great deal of information about buffer sizes (where possible), and "
8753 "attempts to replace insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with "
8754 "length-limited ones. This is especially useful for old, crufty code. "
8755 "Additionally, format strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are "
8756 "blocked. If an application depends on such a format string, it will need to "
8761 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8763 "Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be "
8764 "compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable "
8765 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be "
8766 "disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later."
8770 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8771 msgid "B<stackprotector>"
8775 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8777 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong "
8778 "is not in use) adds B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to "
8779 "B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and "
8780 "B<FCFLAGS>. This adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders "
8781 "many potential code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best "
8782 "case this turns code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or "
8783 "into non-issues (depending on the application)."
8787 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8789 "This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of "
8790 "B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with B<-"
8791 "nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar."
8795 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8796 msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>"
8800 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8802 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.11; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-"
8803 "protector-strong> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, "
8804 "B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, "
8805 "but without significant performance penalties."
8809 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8810 msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting."
8814 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8816 "This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition "
8817 "also requires gcc 4.9 and later."
8821 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8823 msgid "B<stackclash>"
8824 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
8827 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8829 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-clash-"
8830 "protection> on B<amd64>, B<arm64>, B<armhf> and B<armel> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8831 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8832 "adds code to prevent stack clash style attacks."
8836 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8841 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8843 "This setting (since dpkg 1.22.0; enabled by default) adds B<-fcf-protection> "
8844 "on B<amd64> and B<-mbranch-protection=standard> on B<arm64> to B<CFLAGS>, "
8845 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This "
8846 "adds branch protection to indirect calls, jumps and returns to check whether "
8847 "these are valid at run-time."
8851 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8858 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8860 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to "
8861 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be "
8862 "written to by the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-"
8863 "only before turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents "
8864 "GOT overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become "
8869 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8874 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8876 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to "
8877 "B<LDFLAGS>. During program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing "
8878 "for the entire PLT to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The "
8879 "option cannot become enabled if B<relro> is not enabled."
8883 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8888 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8890 "This setting (since dpkg 1.16.1; with no global default since dpkg 1.18.23, "
8891 "as it is enabled by default now by gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, "
8892 "hurd-i386, i386, kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, mips, mipsel, mips64el, "
8893 "powerpc, ppc64, ppc64el, riscv64, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian "
8894 "architectures) adds the required options to enable or disable PIE via gcc "
8895 "specs files, if needed, depending on whether gcc injects on that "
8896 "architecture the flags by itself or not. When the setting is enabled and "
8897 "gcc injects the flags, it adds nothing. When the setting is enabled and gcc "
8898 "does not inject the flags, it adds B<-fPIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-compiler."
8899 "specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> "
8900 "and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-link.specs>) to "
8901 "B<LDFLAGS>. When the setting is disabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds "
8902 "B<-fno-PIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-compile.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, "
8903 "B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-"
8904 "fno-PIE -no-pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-link.specs>) to B<LDFLAGS>."
8908 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8910 "Position Independent Executable (PIE) is needed to take advantage of Address "
8911 "Space Layout Randomization (ASLR), supported by some kernel versions. While "
8912 "ASLR can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and "
8913 "mmap), the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared "
8914 "libraries already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but "
8915 "binary .text regions need to be built as PIE to gain ASLR. When this "
8916 "happens, ROP (Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since "
8917 "there are no static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption "
8922 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8924 "PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when "
8925 "building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via "
8926 "gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them "
8927 "regardless of the object type being compiled or linked."
8931 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8933 "Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. "
8934 "Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static "
8935 "library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:"
8939 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8944 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8945 msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library."
8949 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8955 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8956 msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)."
8960 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8966 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8967 msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library."
8971 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8973 "If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs "
8974 "injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally "
8975 "and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using "
8976 "libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared "
8977 "libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared "
8978 "libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared "
8979 "libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous "
8980 "B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed "
8981 "last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as "
8982 "B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note>: This should not be needed with the default gcc specs "
8987 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8989 "Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register "
8990 "starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations "
8991 "implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very "
8992 "text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than 1%. "
8993 "Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as high a "
8994 "worst-case penalty."
8998 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
8999 msgid "reproducible"
9003 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9005 "The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build "
9006 "reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during compilation. "
9007 "Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for architectures that "
9012 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9015 msgstr "B<installed>"
9018 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9020 "This setting (since dpkg 1.17.14; enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to "
9021 "B<CPPFLAGS>. This will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and "
9022 "B<__TIMESTAMP__> macros are used."
9026 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9028 msgid "B<fixfilepath>"
9029 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
9032 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9034 "This setting (since dpkg 1.19.1; enabled by default) adds B<-ffile-prefix-"
9035 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
9036 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
9037 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
9038 "removing the build path from any generated file."
9042 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9044 "If both B<fixdebugpath> and B<fixfilepath> are set, this option takes "
9045 "precedence, because it is a superset of the former."
9049 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9051 "B<Note>: If the build process captures the build flags into the resulting "
9052 "built objects, that will make the package unreproducible. And while "
9053 "disabling this option might make some of the objects reproducible again this "
9054 "would also require disabling B<fixdebugpath>, which might make any generated "
9055 "debug symbols objects unreproducible. The ideal fix is to stop capturing "
9060 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9062 msgid "B<fixdebugpath>"
9063 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
9066 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9068 "This setting (since dpkg 1.18.5; enabled by default) adds B<-fdebug-prefix-"
9069 "map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, "
9070 "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where B<BUILDPATH> is set to the "
9071 "top-level directory of the package being built. This has the effect of "
9072 "removing the build path from any generated debug symbols."
9076 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9078 "B<Note>: This feature has similar reproducible properties as B<fixfilepath>."
9082 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9084 "There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the "
9085 "first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within B<debian/rules>. "
9086 "It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source package with "
9087 "different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) should only "
9088 "be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the resulting "
9093 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9094 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>"
9098 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9099 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9103 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9105 "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>."
9109 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9110 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9114 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9115 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9119 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9121 "This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that "
9122 "will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>."
9126 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9127 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>"
9131 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9132 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9136 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9138 "This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value "
9139 "returned for the given I<flag>."
9143 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9144 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9148 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9149 msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9153 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9155 "This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value "
9156 "returned for the given I<flag>."
9160 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
9161 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>"
9165 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9166 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> (since dpkg 1.16.1)"
9170 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9172 "These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable "
9173 "various area features that affect build flags. The "
9174 "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the "
9175 "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the L</FEATURE AREAS> section for "
9180 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
9181 msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>"
9185 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod
9187 "This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the "
9188 "current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
9192 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9194 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9195 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>"
9196 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
9199 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9201 "This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features "
9202 "such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This "
9203 "variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific."
9207 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9209 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the build flags that are emitted, "
9210 "which is typically relevant when cross-compiling, where B<DEB_HOST_ARCH> is "
9211 "different to B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>."
9215 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9217 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
9218 msgid "Configuration files"
9219 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
9222 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9224 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9225 msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>"
9226 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9229 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9230 msgid "System wide configuration file."
9234 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9236 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9237 msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or"
9238 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9241 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9243 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9244 msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>"
9245 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9248 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9249 msgid "User configuration file."
9253 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9255 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9256 msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>"
9257 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
9260 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9262 "Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported "
9263 "by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
9267 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9268 msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a Makefile:"
9272 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9275 " $(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
9280 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9283 " ./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n"
9288 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9290 "To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used "
9291 "to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:"
9295 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9298 " eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n"
9303 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9304 msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:"
9308 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9311 " eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n"
9312 " for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n"
9317 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9319 "You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the "
9320 "B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build "
9321 "system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg "
9322 "1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely "
9323 "on this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>."
9327 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9329 "For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant "
9330 "options to configure or L<make(1)> directly, as shown above."
9334 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9336 "For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about "
9337 "which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include "
9338 "B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and "
9339 "storing the build flags in make variables."
9343 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9345 "If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be "
9346 "picked up by your build system):"
9350 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9353 " DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n"
9354 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9359 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9361 "For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the "
9362 "variables (as none are exported by default):"
9366 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9369 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9370 " export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n"
9375 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9376 msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:"
9380 #: dpkg-buildflags.pod
9383 " include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n"
9385 " \t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n"
9390 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9391 msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources"
9395 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9398 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...] [B<-->] [I<filename>.dsc|I<directory>]"
9399 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
9402 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9404 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a "
9409 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9411 "The I<filename>.dsc and I<directory> arguments are supported since dpkg "
9412 "1.22.7. Their semantics are experimental."
9416 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9418 #| msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
9419 msgid "It consists of the following steps:"
9420 msgstr "Установка состоит из следующих шагов:"
9423 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9429 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9431 "It runs the B<preinit> hook before reading any source file. If a B<.dsc> "
9432 "file has been specified it unpacks it anew and changes directory to it, if a "
9433 "I<directory> has been specified it changes directory to it, otherwise it "
9434 "expects the current directory to contain the source tree. It prepares the "
9435 "build environment by setting various environment variables (see "
9436 "B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source --before-"
9437 "build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)."
9441 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9447 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9450 "It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied "
9451 "(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)."
9452 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
9455 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9461 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9463 "If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or B<--"
9464 "target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs "
9465 "the B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the "
9466 "build-tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)."
9470 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9476 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9478 "It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the "
9479 "source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or "
9480 "equivalent options, and if no B<.dsc> has been specified)."
9484 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9490 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9492 "It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then "
9493 "runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> I<binary-"
9494 "target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with B<--"
9495 "build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and "
9496 "I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an "
9497 "B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent "
9498 "options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> "
9499 "build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or B<build-"
9500 "indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has been "
9501 "requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)."
9505 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg.pod
9511 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9513 "It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a "
9514 "B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to "
9515 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>. If a I<.dsc> has been specified, then it will be "
9516 "referenced in the generated B<.buildinfo> file, as we can ascertain the "
9517 "provenance of the source tree."
9521 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9527 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9529 "It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a B<."
9530 "changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type of "
9531 "build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; the name will be:"
9535 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9537 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
9538 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>"
9539 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
9542 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9544 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
9545 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.changes>"
9546 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
9549 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9551 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
9552 msgid "I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>."
9553 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
9556 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9557 msgid "Many B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
9561 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9567 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9569 "It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, "
9570 "it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again."
9574 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9580 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9581 msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>."
9585 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9590 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9592 "It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> "
9593 "file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with B<--check-"
9598 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9603 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9605 "It runs the B<sign> hook and signs using the OpenPGP backend (as long as it "
9606 "is not an UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<."
9607 "dsc> file (if any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the "
9608 "B<.buildinfo> file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or B<--"
9609 "unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> or "
9610 "B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)."
9614 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9619 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9621 "If a B<.dsc> file has been specified, it removes the extracted source "
9626 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9631 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9632 msgid "It runs the B<done> hook."
9636 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9639 "All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg-"
9640 "buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the "
9641 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
9642 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
9645 "Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в "
9646 "конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в "
9647 "конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в "
9648 "командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если "
9649 "начинается с B<#>)."
9652 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9654 msgid "B<--build=>I<type>"
9655 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9658 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9660 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
9661 "dpkg 1.18.5). All the specified components get combined to select the "
9662 "single build type to use, which implies a single build run with a single F<."
9663 "changes> file generated. Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>."
9667 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9668 msgid "The allowed values are:"
9672 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9675 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
9678 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9680 msgid "Builds the source package."
9681 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
9684 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9686 "B<Note>: When using this value standalone and if what you want is simply to "
9687 "(re-)build the source package from a clean source tree, using B<dpkg-source> "
9688 "directly is always a better option as it does not require any build "
9689 "dependencies to be installed which are otherwise needed to be able to call "
9690 "the B<clean> target."
9694 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9699 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9700 msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages."
9704 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9710 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9711 msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages."
9715 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9717 "Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
9718 "an alias for B<any,all>."
9722 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9727 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9729 "Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as "
9730 "the default case when no build option is specified."
9734 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9739 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9740 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9744 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg.pod
9749 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9750 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
9754 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9760 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9761 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>."
9765 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9770 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9771 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>."
9775 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9781 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9782 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>."
9786 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9792 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9793 msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>."
9797 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9802 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9804 "Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or B<--build=source,"
9805 "any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)."
9809 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9811 msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]"
9812 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
9815 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9817 msgid "B<--target> I<target>[,...]"
9818 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
9821 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9823 msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]"
9824 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
9827 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9829 "Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having "
9830 "setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source --before-"
9831 "build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg 1.15.0, long "
9832 "option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg 1.18.16). If B<--"
9833 "as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as root (see B<--root-"
9834 "command>). Note that known targets that are required to be run as root do "
9835 "not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, B<binary-arch> and "
9836 "B<binary-indep> targets)."
9840 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9842 msgid "B<--as-root>"
9843 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9846 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9848 "Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires "
9849 "that the target be run with root rights."
9853 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9859 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9865 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9871 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
9872 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
9874 msgid "B<-v>I<version>"
9875 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
9878 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9880 msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>"
9881 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
9884 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9885 msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>"
9889 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
9890 msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>"
9894 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9895 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9899 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9901 msgid "B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9902 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9905 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9907 msgid "B<--source-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9908 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9911 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9912 msgid "Pass as B<-m> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9916 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9918 msgid "B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>"
9919 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9922 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9924 msgid "B<--changed-by=>I<maintainer-address> (since dpkg 1.21.10)"
9925 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9928 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9929 msgid "Pass as B<-e> to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page."
9933 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9935 "Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg "
9936 "1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined "
9937 "automatically, and is also the default for the host machine."
9941 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9943 "Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). "
9944 "It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the "
9945 "default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture."
9949 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9951 msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>"
9952 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
9955 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9957 "Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since "
9958 "dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine."
9962 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9964 msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>"
9965 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
9968 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9970 "Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg "
9971 "1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to "
9972 "override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture."
9976 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9978 msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]"
9982 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9984 "Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg "
9985 "1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build "
9986 "for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the "
9987 "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, "
9988 "B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds."
9992 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
9994 msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
9995 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
9998 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10000 "Specifies the number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously (since dpkg "
10001 "1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The number of jobs matching the "
10002 "number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or "
10003 "unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified. The default behavior is "
10004 "B<auto> (since dpkg 1.18.11) in non-forced mode (since dpkg 1.21.10), and as "
10005 "such it is always safer to use with any package including those that are not "
10006 "parallel-build safe. Setting the number of jobs to B<1> will restore serial "
10011 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10013 "Will add B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
10014 "environment variable which allows debian/rules files to opt-in to use this "
10015 "information for their own purposes. The I<jobs> value will override the "
10016 "B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> "
10017 "environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will get replaced by the "
10018 "actual number of currently active processors, and as such will not get "
10019 "propagated to any child process. If the number of online processors cannot "
10020 "be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial execution (since "
10021 "dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic and unsupported "
10026 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10028 msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
10029 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
10032 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10034 "This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent "
10035 "to the B<-j> above."
10039 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10041 "Since the behavior for B<-j> changed in dpkg 1.21.10 to the opt-in mode, you "
10042 "can use this option instead if you need to guarantee semantics across dpkg "
10047 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10049 msgid "B<--jobs-force>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]"
10050 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
10053 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10055 "This option (since dpkg 1.21.10) is equivalent to the B<--jobs> option "
10056 "except that it will enable forced parallel mode, by adding the B<make> B<-j> "
10057 "option with the computed number of parallel jobs to the B<MAKEFLAGS> "
10058 "environment variable."
10062 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10064 "This should cause all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, "
10065 "thus forcing the parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the "
10066 "upstream build system if that uses L<make(1)>) regardless of their support "
10067 "for parallel builds, which might cause build failures."
10071 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10073 "B<Note>: Any Makefile that is not parallel-safe should be considered to be "
10074 "buggy. These should either be made parallel-safe, or marked as not being "
10075 "safe with the L<make(1)> B<.NOTPARALLEL> target."
10079 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10081 msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>"
10082 msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
10085 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10088 "Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option "
10089 "since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior."
10090 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
10093 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10095 msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>"
10096 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
10099 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10102 "Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg "
10104 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
10107 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10109 msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>"
10110 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
10113 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10115 "Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). "
10116 "These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually "
10117 "required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set."
10121 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10123 msgid "B<--rules-requires-root>"
10124 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10127 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10129 "Do not honor the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field, falling back to its legacy "
10130 "default value (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
10134 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10136 msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>"
10137 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
10140 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10142 "Do not clean the source tree before building (long option since dpkg "
10143 "1.18.8). Implies B<-b> if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, B<-"
10144 "g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg "
10149 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10151 msgid "B<--pre-clean>"
10152 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
10155 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10158 "Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the "
10159 "default behavior."
10160 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10163 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10165 msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>"
10166 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
10169 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10171 "Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) "
10172 "after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
10176 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10178 msgid "B<--no-post-clean>"
10179 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
10182 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10184 "Do not clean the source tree after the package has been built (since dpkg "
10185 "1.19.1). This is the default behavior."
10189 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10191 msgid "B<--sanitize-env>"
10192 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
10195 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10197 "Sanitize the build environment (since dpkg 1.20.0). This will reset or "
10198 "remove environment variables, umask, and any other process attributes that "
10199 "might otherwise adversely affect the build of packages. Because the "
10200 "official entry point to build packages is B<debian/rules>, packages cannot "
10201 "rely on these settings being in place, and thus should work even when they "
10202 "are not. What to sanitize is vendor specific."
10206 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10208 msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>"
10209 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10212 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10214 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as "
10215 "root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one "
10216 "has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has "
10217 "been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is "
10218 "present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on "
10219 "the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run "
10220 "and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include "
10221 "parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. "
10222 "I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or "
10223 "B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell "
10224 "with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be "
10229 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10231 msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>"
10232 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
10235 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10237 "Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a "
10238 "command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option "
10239 "since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program "
10240 "invocation to build the package (it can include space separated "
10241 "parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules "
10242 "file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make -"
10243 "f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)."
10247 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10248 msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>"
10252 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10254 "Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built "
10255 "referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the B<."
10256 "changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be B<lintian>."
10260 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10262 msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>"
10263 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
10266 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10268 "Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with "
10269 "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used "
10274 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10275 msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>"
10279 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10281 "Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which "
10282 "will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The "
10283 "hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed "
10284 "(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked "
10285 "source directory."
10289 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10291 "Some hooks can receive addition information through environment variables "
10292 "(since dpkg 1.22.0). All hooks get the hook name in the "
10293 "B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_NAME> environment variable (since dpkg 1.22.0)."
10297 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10299 "B<Note>: Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if "
10300 "their commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences."
10304 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10305 msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:"
10309 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10311 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
10313 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
10316 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10318 #| msgid "B<install>"
10320 msgstr "B<install>"
10323 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10325 msgid "B<preclean>"
10326 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
10329 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10331 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_SOURCE_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
10332 "of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-source> call."
10336 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10338 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILD_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
10339 "rules> build target called. Before dpkg 1.22.7 the variable was only set if "
10340 "the target was called."
10344 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10346 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BINARY_TARGET> with the name of the B<debian/"
10347 "rules> binary target called, but only if called."
10351 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10353 msgid "B<buildinfo>"
10354 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
10357 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10359 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_BUILDINFO_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
10360 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> call."
10364 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10370 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10372 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHANGES_OPTIONS> with the space-separated "
10373 "lists of options that will passed to the B<dpkg-genchanges> call."
10377 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10379 msgid "B<postclean>"
10380 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
10383 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10385 #| msgid "B<--nocheck>"
10387 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10390 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10392 "Gets B<DPKG_BUILDPACKAGE_HOOK_CHECK_OPTIONS> with the space-separated lists "
10393 "of options that will passed to the check command call."
10397 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10399 #| msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
10401 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
10404 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10409 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10411 "The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which "
10412 "will get applied to it before execution:"
10416 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10421 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10422 msgid "A single % character."
10426 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10431 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10433 "A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being "
10438 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10443 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
10445 msgid "The source package name."
10446 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
10449 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10454 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10455 msgid "The source package version."
10459 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10464 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10465 msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)."
10469 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10474 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10476 msgid "The upstream version."
10477 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
10480 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10482 msgid "B<--buildinfo-file=>I<filename>"
10483 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10486 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10489 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
10490 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10493 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10495 msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>"
10496 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
10499 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10501 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be "
10502 "used multiple times."
10506 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10508 msgid "B<--sign-backend=>I<sign-backend>"
10509 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10512 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10514 "Specify an OpenPGP backend interface to use when invoking the I<sign-"
10515 "command> (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10519 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10521 "The default is B<auto>, where the best current backend available will be "
10522 "used. The specific OpenPGP backends supported in order of preference are:"
10526 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10529 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10532 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10533 msgid "(any conforming Stateless OpenPGP implementation)"
10537 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10542 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10543 msgid "(from Sequoia-PGP)"
10547 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10552 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10553 msgid "(from GnuPG)"
10557 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10559 msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>"
10560 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10563 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10565 "When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute an OpenPGP backend command to "
10566 "sign a source control (B<.dsc>) file, a B<.buildinfo> file or a B<.changes> "
10567 "file it will run I<sign-command> (searching the B<PATH> if necessary) "
10568 "instead of the default or auto-detected backend command (long option since "
10569 "dpkg 1.18.8). I<sign-command> will get all the backend specific arguments "
10570 "according to the B<--sign-backend> selected. I<sign-command> should not "
10571 "contain spaces or any other shell metacharacters."
10575 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10577 msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-keyid=>I<key-id>"
10578 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10581 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10583 msgid "B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>"
10584 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10587 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10589 "Specify an OpenPGP key-ID (either a fingerprint or a user-ID) for the secret "
10590 "key to use when signing packages (B<--sign-key> since dpkg 1.18.8, B<--sign-"
10591 "keyid> since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10595 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10597 msgid "B<--sign-keyfile=>I<key-file>"
10598 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10601 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10603 "Specify an OpenPGP I<key-file> containing the secret key to use when signing "
10604 "packages (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
10608 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10610 "B<Note>: For security reasons the I<key-file> is best kept locked with a "
10615 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10617 msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>"
10618 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10621 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10623 msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)."
10624 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10627 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10629 msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>"
10630 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10633 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10635 msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)."
10636 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10639 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10641 msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>"
10642 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
10645 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10648 "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg "
10650 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10653 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10655 #| msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
10656 msgid "B<--no-sign>"
10657 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
10660 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10662 "Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> "
10663 "file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)."
10667 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10669 msgid "B<--force-sign>"
10670 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10673 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10675 "Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of "
10676 "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, B<--"
10677 "unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics."
10681 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10687 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10693 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10699 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10705 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10711 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod
10717 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10723 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10729 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10735 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10737 msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
10738 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10741 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10743 msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]"
10744 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
10747 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10749 msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>"
10750 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
10753 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10755 msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>"
10756 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
10759 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10760 msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page."
10764 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10766 msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>"
10767 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
10770 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10772 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10777 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10779 #| msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
10780 msgid "B<--changes-file=>I<filename>"
10781 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
10784 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10787 "Set the I<filename> for the generated B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
10788 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
10791 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10793 msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>"
10794 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
10797 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10799 "Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used "
10804 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
10805 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
10806 msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>"
10810 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10812 msgid "B<--admindir> I<dir>"
10813 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
10816 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
10818 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The "
10819 "default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>."
10823 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
10824 msgid "External environment"
10828 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10829 msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>"
10833 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10835 "If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since "
10836 "dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option."
10840 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10841 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>"
10845 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10847 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10848 "files (since dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option."
10852 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10854 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
10855 msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYFILE>"
10856 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
10859 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10861 "If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes>, B<.buildinfo> and B<.dsc> "
10862 "files (since dpkg 1.21.10). Overridden by the B<--sign-keyfile> option."
10866 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10868 "If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that affect the "
10869 "behavior of some dpkg tools involved in package building, and might affect "
10870 "the package build process if the code in F<debian/rules> honors them. These "
10871 "options can have parameters specified immediately after an equal sign "
10872 "(‘B<=>‘). For options that support multiple parameters, these will not be "
10873 "separated by spaces, as these are reserved to separate options."
10877 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10879 "The following are the options known and supported by dpkg tools, other "
10880 "options honored by F<debian/rules> might be defined by distribution specific "
10885 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10886 msgid "B<parallel=>I<N>"
10890 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10892 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging might use this option to set up the "
10893 "build process to use I<N> parallel jobs. It is overridden by the B<--jobs> "
10894 "and B<--jobs-force> options."
10898 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10900 #| msgid "B<--nocheck>"
10902 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
10905 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10907 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will ignore the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable. The "
10908 "F<debian/rules> in the packaging is not expected to run test suites during "
10913 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10918 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10920 "If F<debian/rules> calls B<dpkg-buildflags> to set up the build flags, those "
10921 "will be set to not enable any optimizations."
10925 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10930 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10932 "The F<debian/rules> in the packaging should ensure that objects do not get "
10933 "the debugging information stripped. If F<debian/rules> includes the B<mk/"
10934 "buildtools.mk> make fragment the B<STRIP> make variable will respect this "
10939 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10942 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
10945 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10947 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> will append the B<--no-print-directory> L<make(1)> flag "
10948 "to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable. The F<debian/rules> in the "
10949 "packaging should reduce verbosity, while not being completely quiet."
10953 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10955 msgid "B<hardening=>I<feature-spec>"
10956 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
10959 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10960 msgid "B<reproducible=>I<feature-spec>"
10964 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10966 msgid "B<abi=>I<feature-spec>"
10967 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
10970 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10971 msgid "B<future=>I<feature-spec>"
10975 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10977 msgid "B<qa=>I<feature-spec>"
10978 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
10981 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10982 msgid "B<optimize=>I<feature-spec>"
10986 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10988 msgid "B<sanitize=>I<feature-spec>"
10989 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
10992 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
10994 "These are feature areas that control build flag features. See L<dpkg-"
10995 "buildflags(1)> for further details."
10999 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11000 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>"
11004 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11006 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
11007 "built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. "
11008 "Overridden by the B<-P> option."
11012 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
11013 msgid "Internal environment"
11017 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11019 "Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should "
11020 "not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface "
11021 "to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to "
11022 "build packages and running it standalone should be supported."
11026 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11027 msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>"
11031 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11033 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11034 msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>"
11035 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11038 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11040 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11041 msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>"
11042 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11045 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11047 "B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters "
11048 "forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in "
11049 "the build environment."
11053 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11054 msgid "B<DEB_RULES_REQUIRES_ROOT>"
11058 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11060 "This variable is set to the value obtained from the B<Rules-Requires-Root> "
11061 "field, the dpkg-build-api level or from the command-line. When set, it will "
11062 "be a valid value for the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field. It is used to notify "
11063 "B<debian/rules> whether the B<rootless-builds.txt> specification is "
11068 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11070 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11071 msgid "B<DEB_GAIN_ROOT_CMD>"
11072 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
11075 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11077 "This variable is set to I<gain-root-command> when the field B<Rules-Requires-"
11078 "Root> is set to a value different to B<no> and B<binary-targets>."
11082 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
11083 msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>"
11087 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11089 "This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest "
11090 "entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined."
11094 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11096 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11097 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>"
11098 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11101 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11103 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
11104 msgid "System wide configuration file"
11105 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
11108 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11110 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11111 msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or"
11112 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11115 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11117 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11118 msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>"
11119 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
11122 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11123 msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported"
11127 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11129 "Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler "
11130 "flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with "
11131 "values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case."
11135 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11136 msgid "Default build targets"
11140 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11142 "B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets "
11143 "since dpkg 1.16.2. Before dpkg 1.22.7, there was code to try to detect the "
11144 "missing targets and fallback on the B<build> target. Those targets are thus "
11149 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-source.pod
11150 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg.pod
11155 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11157 "Building binary or source packages should only be performed over trusted "
11162 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11164 "It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial "
11165 "arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>."
11169 #: dpkg-buildpackage.pod
11172 "I<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<dpkg-source(1)>, L<dpkg-"
11173 "architecture(1)>, L<dpkg-buildflags(1)>, L<dpkg-genbuildinfo(1)>, L<dpkg-"
11174 "genchanges(1)>, L<fakeroot(1)>, L<lintian(1)>, L<https://datatracker.ietf."
11175 "org/doc/draft-dkg-openpgp-stateless-cli/>, L<sq(1)>, L<gpg(1)>."
11176 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
11179 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11180 msgid "dpkg-buildtree - helper for build tree operations during package builds"
11184 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11186 msgid "B<dpkg-buildtree> [I<option>...] [I<command>]"
11187 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
11190 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11192 "B<dpkg-buildtree> is a tool to perform common operations on the build tree "
11193 "for a source package."
11197 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11199 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.22.3."
11200 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
11203 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11205 "Removes all artifacts generated during a build by the various dpkg tools, "
11206 "and pathnames used or controlled by dpkg tools that are safe to clean. "
11207 "These files are used to track state between package build runs, and are in "
11208 "many cases internal implementation details the packager should not be "
11209 "concerned about, or are staging directories containing build artifacts."
11213 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11215 msgid "Cleaned files"
11216 msgstr "B<config-files>"
11219 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11221 msgid "F<debian/files>"
11222 msgstr "B<config-files>"
11225 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11227 msgid "F<debian/files.new>"
11228 msgstr "B<config-files>"
11231 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11233 msgid "Files generated by L<dpkg-distaddfile(1)>."
11234 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
11237 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11239 msgid "F<debian/substvars>"
11240 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
11243 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11245 msgid "F<debian/substvars.new>"
11246 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
11249 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11250 msgid "Files generated by L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
11254 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11256 msgid "F<debian/tmp>"
11257 msgstr "deb-control"
11260 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11262 "Staging directory containing the contents to be used when creating a "
11263 "package. Both L<dpkg-gencontrol(1)> and L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)> generate "
11268 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11270 "You can call B<dpkg-buildtree clean> from the F<debian/rules> B<clean> "
11271 "target, after having performed other necessary cleanups."
11275 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11276 msgid "For example for an autoconf-like build system:"
11280 #: dpkg-buildtree.pod
11284 " \t[ ! -f Makefile ] || $(MAKE) distclean\n"
11285 " \tdpkg-buildtree clean\n"
11290 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11291 msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts"
11292 msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps -- проверяет сборочные зависимости и конфликты"
11295 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11297 msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]"
11298 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
11301 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11303 "This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build "
11304 "dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not "
11305 "met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code."
11307 "Эта программа проверяет установленные в системе пакеты на предмет сборочных "
11308 "зависимостей и конфликтов, описанных в файле control. Если какие-то из этих "
11309 "зависимостей или конфликтов не удовлетворены, то об этом сообщается и работа "
11310 "завершается с ненулевым кодом возврата."
11313 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11316 #| "By default, I<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename "
11317 #| "may be specified on the command line."
11319 "By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may "
11320 "be specified on the command line."
11322 "По умолчанию читается I<debian/control>, но в командной строке можно задать "
11323 "другое имя файла control."
11326 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11329 #| "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will "
11332 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg "
11333 "1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with "
11334 "B<-B> when only a source package is to be built."
11336 "Игнорировать строки I<Build-Depends-Indep>. Используется, если пакеты, "
11337 "независящие от архитектуры не собираются."
11340 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11343 #| "Ignore I<Build-Depends-Indep> lines. Use when no arch-indep packages will "
11346 "Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when "
11347 "only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a "
11348 "source package is to be built."
11350 "Игнорировать строки I<Build-Depends-Indep>. Используется, если пакеты, "
11351 "независящие от архитектуры не собираются."
11354 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11359 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11361 "Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are "
11362 "implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, "
11363 "the so called Build-Essential package set."
11367 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11368 msgid "B<-d> I<build-depends-string>"
11372 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11373 msgid "B<-c> I<build-conflicts-string>"
11377 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11379 "Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the "
11380 "I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
11384 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11386 msgid "B<-a> I<arch>"
11387 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
11390 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11392 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
11393 "the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of "
11394 "the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
11398 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11399 msgid "B<-P> I<profile>[B<,>...]"
11403 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11405 "Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in "
11406 "the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg "
11407 "1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names."
11411 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11413 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the dependency resolution logic, "
11414 "which might then not match what the system dpkg considers satisfiable."
11418 #: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod
11420 "If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being "
11421 "built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the B<-"
11427 msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool"
11433 msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>"
11434 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
11440 "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives."
11442 "Смотрите B<dpkg-deb>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих "
11447 msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system."
11453 "You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you "
11454 "want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> "
11455 "and run it for you."
11461 "For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read "
11462 "from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character "
11463 "(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective "
11464 "command description."
11470 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
11471 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11476 "Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in I<binary-"
11477 "directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, which "
11478 "contains the control information files such as the control file itself. "
11479 "This directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem "
11480 "archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's "
11481 "control information area."
11487 "Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and "
11488 "parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and "
11489 "display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also "
11490 "check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the "
11491 "B<DEBIAN> control information directory."
11497 "If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into "
11498 "the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>."
11503 msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten."
11509 "If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the "
11510 "file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a "
11511 "target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option "
11512 "may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package "
11513 "control file to determine which filename to use)."
11519 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]"
11520 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
11525 msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive."
11526 msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны."
11531 "If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of "
11532 "the contents of the package as well as its control file."
11538 "If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them "
11539 "in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present "
11540 "it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status "
11547 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>"
11548 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
11553 "Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified "
11554 "by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's "
11555 "name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator."
11561 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]"
11562 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
11567 msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive."
11568 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
11573 "If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole "
11580 "If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the "
11581 "order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one I<control-"
11582 "field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with its field "
11583 "name (and a colon and space)."
11588 msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found."
11592 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11594 msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>"
11595 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11600 "Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package "
11601 "archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s "
11606 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11608 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11609 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11614 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified "
11621 "Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a "
11622 "correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages."
11628 "I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its "
11629 "permissions modified to match the contents of the package."
11633 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11635 msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11636 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11641 "Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a "
11642 "listing of the files extracted as it goes."
11648 msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive> I<directory>"
11649 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11654 "Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified "
11655 "directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory "
11656 "of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
11662 "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary."
11668 "The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it "
11669 "from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported."
11673 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11675 msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>"
11676 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
11681 "Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard "
11682 "output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with L<tar(1)> this "
11683 "can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. "
11684 "The input archive will always be processed sequentially."
11688 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11689 msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>"
11695 "Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to "
11696 "standard output in B<tar> format. Together with L<tar(1)> this can be used "
11697 "to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will "
11698 "always be processed sequentially."
11702 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
11704 msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]"
11705 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
11710 "Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the "
11711 "specified directory."
11717 "If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current "
11718 "directory is used."
11723 msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>"
11729 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
11730 "produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed."
11736 "The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, "
11737 "a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same "
11738 "package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape "
11739 "sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the B<--"
11740 "showformat> option in L<dpkg-query(1)>."
11745 msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\t${Version}\\n”."
11751 msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>"
11752 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11757 "Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when "
11758 "building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz, 3 for zstd). The "
11759 "accepted values are compressor specific. For gzip, from 0-9 with 0 being "
11760 "mapped to compressor none. For xz from 0-9. For zstd from 0-22, with "
11761 "levels from 20 to 22 enabling its ultra mode. Before dpkg 1.16.2 level 0 "
11762 "was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors."
11768 msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>"
11769 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11774 "Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when "
11775 "building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since "
11776 "dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since "
11777 "dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz."
11783 msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>"
11784 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11789 "Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed "
11790 "values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), B<zstd> (since dpkg 1.21.18) "
11791 "and B<none> (default is B<%DEB_DEFAULT_COMPRESSOR%>)."
11797 msgid "B<--[no-]uniform-compression>"
11798 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
11803 "Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive "
11804 "members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise "
11805 "only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported "
11806 "compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip>, B<xz> "
11807 "and B<zstd>. The B<--no-uniform-compression> option disables uniform "
11808 "compression (since dpkg 1.19.0). Uniform compression is the default (since "
11813 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod
11815 msgid "B<--threads-max=>I<threads>"
11816 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
11821 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
11822 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.9)."
11827 msgid "B<--root-owner-group>"
11833 "Set the owner and group for each entry in the filesystem tree data to root "
11834 "with id 0 (since dpkg 1.19.0)."
11840 "B<Note>: This option can be useful for rootless builds (see I<rootless-"
11841 "builds.txt>), but should B<not> be used when the entries have an owner or "
11842 "group that is not root. Support for these will be added later in the form "
11843 "of a meta manifest."
11849 msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>"
11850 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
11855 "Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). "
11856 "Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old "
11857 "one (default is B<2.0>)."
11863 "The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now "
11864 "obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of "
11865 "dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out "
11871 msgid "B<--nocheck>"
11872 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
11877 "Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an "
11878 "archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way."
11882 #: dpkg-deb.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
11884 msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>"
11885 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
11890 "Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects B<--"
11891 "extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>."
11897 msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>"
11898 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
11902 msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting."
11906 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11907 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11908 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11909 msgid "EXIT STATUS"
11913 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11914 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11915 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11920 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
11921 msgid "The requested action was successfully performed."
11925 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
11926 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11927 #: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod
11932 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
11933 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
11935 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or "
11936 "interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory "
11937 "allocations, etc."
11943 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11944 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_THREADS_MAX>"
11945 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11949 msgid "The B<--threads-max> option overrides this value."
11955 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11956 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_TYPE>"
11957 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11962 msgid "Sets the compressor type to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11963 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
11967 msgid "The B<-Z> option overrides this value."
11973 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11974 msgid "B<DPKG_DEB_COMPRESSOR_LEVEL>"
11975 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
11980 msgid "Sets the compressor level to use (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
11981 msgstr "Проект Debian"
11985 msgid "The B<-z> option overrides this value."
11989 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-split.pod
11990 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
11992 "If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language "
11993 "Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg "
11994 "1.22.7). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)."
11998 #: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod
12005 "If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create "
12006 "temporary files and directories."
12012 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
12013 "L<deb(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container and used to clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> "
12020 msgid "Since dpkg 1.18.8."
12021 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
12026 "Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use "
12027 "B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the "
12028 "package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded."
12034 "Examining untrusted package archives or extracting them into staging "
12035 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
12036 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
12037 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted package archives should not be done "
12038 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression library supported, in "
12039 "addition to the archive formats and control files themselves. Performing "
12040 "these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
12045 msgid "Building package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
12051 "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing."
12057 "There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a "
12058 "straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support "
12059 "authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most "
12060 "packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by debian/rules. "
12061 "Though this is not directly supported by the lower level tools.)"
12068 "F<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/rootless-builds.txt>, L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, "
12069 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>."
12070 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
12073 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
12074 msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files"
12078 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
12080 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...] I<filename section priority>"
12081 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12084 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
12085 msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>."
12089 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
12091 "It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and "
12092 "priority for the B<.changes> file."
12096 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
12098 "The filename should be specified relative to the directory where B<dpkg-"
12099 "genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than being "
12100 "a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> is run."
12104 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12105 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12107 msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>"
12108 msgstr "I<control>"
12111 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12113 "Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using "
12118 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
12120 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
12121 "B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files."
12125 #: dpkg-distaddfile.pod
12127 msgid "L<deb-src-files(5)>."
12128 msgstr "I<control>"
12132 msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file"
12138 msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>"
12139 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12144 "B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of "
12151 "File I<diversions> are a way of forcing L<dpkg(1)> not to install a file "
12152 "into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used "
12153 "through the package maintainer scripts to move a file away when it causes a "
12154 "conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's "
12155 "configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as "
12156 "“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer "
12157 "version of a package which contains those files."
12163 msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>"
12164 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12169 "Add a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
12176 msgid "B<--remove> I<file>"
12177 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12182 "Remove a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see B<--"
12187 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12189 msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]"
12190 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12194 msgid "List all diversions, or ones matching I<glob-pattern>."
12200 msgid "B<--listpackage> I<file>"
12201 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
12206 "Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). "
12207 "Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not "
12214 msgid "B<--truename> I<file>"
12215 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12219 msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file."
12223 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
12224 #: update-alternatives.pod
12226 msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>"
12227 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12232 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. Defaults to "
12233 "«I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
12237 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod
12238 #: update-alternatives.pod
12240 msgid "B<--instdir> I<directory>"
12241 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12244 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12246 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
12247 "get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
12252 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12253 #: dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod
12255 msgid "B<--root> I<directory>"
12256 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
12259 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12261 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
12262 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
12263 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» (since dpkg 1.19.2) if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not "
12270 msgid "B<--divert> I<divert-to>"
12271 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
12276 "I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by "
12277 "other packages, will be diverted."
12284 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
12289 "Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This "
12290 "means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the "
12291 "file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally "
12292 "modified version."
12298 msgid "B<--package> I<package>"
12299 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
12304 "I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be "
12305 "diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>."
12309 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
12312 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
12316 msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output."
12322 msgid "B<--rename>"
12323 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12328 "Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation "
12329 "in case the destination file already exists. This is the common behavior "
12330 "used for diversions of files from the non-B<Essential> package set (see B<--"
12331 "no-rename> for more details)."
12337 msgid "B<--no-rename>"
12338 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12343 "Specifies that the file should not be renamed while adding or removing the "
12344 "diversion into the database (since dpkg 1.19.1). This is intended for "
12345 "diversions of files from the B<Essential> package set, where the temporary "
12346 "disappearance of the original file is not acceptable, as it can render the "
12347 "system non-functional. This is the default behavior, but that will change "
12348 "in the dpkg 1.20.x cycle."
12355 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
12359 msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate."
12363 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod
12364 #: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
12366 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12367 msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>"
12368 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12371 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12373 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
12374 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
12378 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod
12379 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod
12381 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12382 msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>"
12383 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12386 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12388 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
12389 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
12393 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg.pod
12395 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12396 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>"
12397 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12402 "If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, "
12403 "B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name."
12407 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12408 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
12411 msgid "B<DPKG_DEBUG>"
12415 #: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod
12416 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
12418 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
12419 "accepted flags are described in the B<dpkg --debug> option, but not all "
12420 "these flags might have an effect on this program."
12426 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>"
12427 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
12432 "File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is "
12433 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
12434 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
12440 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension "
12441 "I<-old>, before replacing it with the new one."
12447 "When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> I<original>B<.distrib>. "
12448 "When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and B<--divert> must match if "
12454 msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>."
12460 "Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, L<ldconfig(8)> creates "
12461 "a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the library. "
12462 "Because B<ldconfig> does not honor diverts (only B<dpkg> does), the symlink "
12463 "may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted library has the "
12464 "same SONAME as the undiverted one."
12470 "To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, i."
12471 "e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as I</"
12472 "usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:"
12479 " dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
12485 msgid "To remove that diversion:"
12492 " dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
12499 "To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/"
12500 "example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:"
12507 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo \\\n"
12508 " --rename /usr/bin/example\n"
12516 " dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n"
12521 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12522 msgid "dpkg-fsys-usrunmess - undoes the merged-/usr-via-aliased-dirs mess"
12526 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12528 msgid "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> [B<option>...]"
12529 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12532 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12534 "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> is a tool to fix up filesystems that have been "
12535 "installed anew with recent installers with unfortunate defaults or migrated "
12536 "to the broken merged /usr via aliased directories layout, which is B<not> "
12537 "supported by dpkg. See the dpkg FAQ."
12541 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12543 "B<Note>: In Debian its tech-ctte has decreed that on the release after "
12544 "bookworm the non-usrmerged layout is not going to be supported, and thus "
12545 "some of its maintainers might not fix issues or intentionally remove non-"
12546 "usrmerged support, so you will need decide and pick your poison."
12550 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12551 msgid "The program will perform the following overall actions:"
12555 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12556 msgid "Check whether the system needs to be switched, otherwise do nothing,"
12560 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12561 msgid "Check for dpkg database consistency and otherwise abort."
12565 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12567 "Generate and install a regression prevention package, if requested on the "
12568 "command-line or otherwise on the prompt."
12572 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12573 msgid "Get the list of files and alternatives that need to be restored."
12577 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12578 msgid "Look for untracked kernel modules files that need to be moved too."
12582 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12584 "Create a shadow hierarchy under F</.usrunmess>, by creating the directories "
12585 "symlinks or hardlinking or copying the files as needed."
12589 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12591 "Prompt for confirmation before proceeding, if requested on the command-line."
12595 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12596 msgid "Lock the dpkg database."
12600 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12602 "Mark all packages as half-configured to force running maintainer scripts "
12603 "that might need to recreate files."
12607 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12609 "Replace the aliased directories with the shadow ones, by creating a backup "
12610 "of the old symlinked directories and renaming the shadow ones over."
12614 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12615 msgid "Relabel MAC information for directories and symlinks if necessary."
12619 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12620 msgid "Remove backup symlinks."
12624 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12625 msgid "Remove old moved objects, but defer directory removal."
12629 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12630 msgid "Remove old deferred directories that are not referenced by dpkg-query."
12634 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12635 msgid "Remove shadow root directory."
12639 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12641 "Register a B<policy-rc.d> to disallow service actions, which means that "
12642 "services might need to be restarted afterwards, ideally via a reboot."
12646 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12648 #| msgid "List of available packages."
12649 msgid "Reconfigure all packages."
12650 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
12653 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12654 msgid "Unregister the B<policy-rc.d> and restore the alternatives state."
12658 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12660 "B<Note>: When running the program from some shells such as L<bash(1)> or "
12661 "L<zsh(1)>, after executing it, you might need to request the shell to forget "
12662 "all remembered executable locations with for example C<hash -r>."
12666 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12668 "B<Note>: Some directories might linger after the migration in case they "
12669 "contain untracked files. A list is printed once the script has finished for "
12670 "further investigation."
12674 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12676 "B<Warning>: Note that this operation has the potential to render the system "
12677 "unusable or broken in case of a sudden crash or reboot, unexpected state of "
12678 "the system, or possible bugs in the script. Be prepared with recovery media "
12679 "and consider doing backups beforehand."
12683 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12684 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.6."
12688 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12690 msgid "B<-p>, B<--prompt>"
12691 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
12694 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12696 "Prompt at the time of no return, so that the debug output or the shadow "
12697 "hierarchy can be evaluated before proceeding."
12701 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12703 msgid "B<--prevention>"
12704 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
12707 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12709 msgid "B<--no-prevention>"
12710 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
12713 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12715 "Enables or disables generating and installing a regression prevention "
12716 "package into the system. If no option has been specified, the action to "
12717 "take will be prompted."
12721 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12723 "The generated package contains the B<Protected> field set to B<yes> to "
12724 "protect against accidental removal of the package."
12728 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12730 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>"
12731 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
12734 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12736 msgid "B<--dry-run>"
12737 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
12740 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12742 "This option enables the dry-run mode, where no destructive action takes "
12743 "place, only the preparatory part."
12747 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12749 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12750 msgid "B<DPKG_USRUNMESS_NOACT>"
12751 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
12754 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12755 msgid "This setting defines whether to enable dry-run mode."
12759 #: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod
12760 msgid "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#broken-usrmerge>."
12764 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12765 msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files"
12769 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12771 msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]"
12772 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
12775 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12777 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
12778 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
12779 "control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts (B<."
12780 "buildinfo> file)."
12784 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12785 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11."
12789 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12790 msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components."
12794 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12796 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12797 "Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12802 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12804 "Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies (B<Build-"
12805 "Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies (B<Build-Depends-"
12810 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12812 "Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified "
12813 "build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)."
12817 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12819 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12820 "is an alias for B<any,all>."
12824 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12826 "Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This "
12827 "is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no "
12828 "build option is specified."
12832 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12834 msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>"
12835 msgstr "I<control>"
12838 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12840 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
12841 "default is B<debian/control>."
12845 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12848 msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>"
12849 msgstr "I<control>"
12852 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12854 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
12855 "B<debian/changelog>."
12859 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12861 "Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, "
12862 "rather than using B<debian/files>."
12866 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12869 msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>"
12870 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
12873 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12876 "Specifies the format of the changelog. See L<dpkg-parsechangelog(1)> for "
12877 "information about alternative formats."
12881 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
12882 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
12884 msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]"
12885 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
12888 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12890 "Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) "
12891 "rather than to I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
12892 "buildinfo> (where I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> "
12897 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod
12899 msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>"
12900 msgstr "I<control>"
12903 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12905 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
12906 "(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
12907 "sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)."
12911 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12913 msgid "B<--always-include-kernel>"
12914 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
12917 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12918 msgid "By default, the B<Build-Kernel-Version> field will not be written out."
12922 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12924 "Specify this option (since dpkg 1.19.0) to always write a B<Build-Kernel-"
12925 "Version> field when generating the B<.buildinfo>."
12929 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12931 msgid "B<--always-include-path>"
12932 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
12935 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12937 "By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current "
12938 "directory starts with an allowed pattern."
12942 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12944 "On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of "
12949 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12951 "Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating "
12952 "the B<.buildinfo>."
12956 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12958 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is I</var/"
12963 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
12970 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12972 "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. "
12973 "B<-q> suppresses these messages."
12977 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12979 "This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect "
12980 "the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option "
12981 "(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of "
12982 "features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to "
12983 "enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable "
12984 "or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to "
12985 "unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field."
12989 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12991 "Sets the build architecture. This affects the value for the B<Build-"
12992 "Architecture> field, and the check for the cross-compilation mode."
12996 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
12998 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the filename used for the ."
12999 "buildinfo file, and the check for the cross-compilation mode."
13003 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
13005 "The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when "
13006 "producing a B<.buildinfo> file."
13010 #: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod
13012 msgid "L<deb-buildinfo(5)>."
13013 msgstr "I<control>"
13016 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13017 msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files"
13021 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13023 msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]"
13024 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
13027 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13029 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian "
13030 "source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian "
13031 "upload control file (B<.changes> file)."
13035 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13037 "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since "
13042 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13044 msgid "Upload the source package."
13045 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
13048 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13049 msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages."
13053 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13054 msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages."
13058 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13060 "Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is "
13061 "an alias for B<any,all>."
13065 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13067 "Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the "
13068 "default case when no build option is specified."
13072 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13074 "The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is "
13075 "included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or B<-"
13076 "B> haven't been used)."
13080 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13082 "By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if "
13083 "the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian "
13084 "revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog "
13089 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13090 msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source."
13094 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13095 msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff."
13099 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13101 "Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than "
13102 "I<version> to be used."
13106 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13108 "Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> "
13109 "rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file."
13113 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13115 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
13116 "for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
13121 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13123 "Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer "
13124 "for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's "
13129 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
13130 msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>"
13134 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-source.pod
13136 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for a "
13137 "discussion of output substitution."
13141 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
13143 msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>"
13144 msgstr "I<control>"
13147 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13149 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
13150 "substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields that are "
13151 "output, except for the contents extracted from each binary package "
13152 "B<Description> field (since dpkg 1.19.0), however the special variable "
13153 "I<Format> will override the field of the same name. This option can be used "
13154 "multiple times to read substitution variables from multiple files (since "
13159 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
13161 msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>"
13162 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
13165 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
13166 msgid "Override or add an output control file field."
13170 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
13172 msgid "B<-U>I<field>"
13173 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
13176 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod
13177 msgid "Remove an output control file field."
13181 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13183 "Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using B<debian/"
13188 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13190 "Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> "
13191 "(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their "
13192 "sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)."
13196 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13198 "Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard "
13199 "error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being "
13200 "uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages."
13204 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13206 "Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if "
13207 "specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
13211 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13213 msgid "Sets the host architecture."
13214 msgstr "Проект Debian"
13217 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13219 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
13220 "B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file."
13224 #: dpkg-genchanges.pod
13227 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-src-files(5)>, L<deb-"
13228 "changelog(5)>, L<deb-changes(5)>."
13229 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
13232 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13233 msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files"
13237 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13239 msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]"
13240 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
13243 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13245 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and "
13246 "generates a binary package control file (which defaults to debian/tmp/DEBIAN/"
13247 "control); during this process it will simplify the relation fields."
13251 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13253 "Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are "
13254 "simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true "
13255 "according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove "
13256 "any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates "
13257 "to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically "
13258 "it keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The "
13259 "order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency "
13260 "must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, "
13261 "the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one."
13265 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13267 "The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> "
13268 "and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of "
13269 "the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the "
13274 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13276 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to B<debian/"
13281 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13282 msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated."
13286 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13288 "Set an output substitution variable. See L<deb-substvars(5)> for discussion "
13289 "of output substitution."
13293 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13295 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
13296 "substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
13297 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
13301 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13303 msgid "B<-p>I<package>"
13304 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
13307 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13309 "Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source "
13310 "control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; "
13311 "otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to "
13316 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13318 msgid "B<-n>I<filename>"
13319 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
13322 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13324 "Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal "
13325 "package_version_arch.deb filename."
13329 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13330 msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>"
13334 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13336 "These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg "
13337 "build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell "
13338 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control "
13339 "file. This is now the default behavior. If you want to get the old "
13340 "behavior you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control "
13345 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13347 msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>"
13348 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
13351 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13353 "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to "
13354 "find the default value of the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and "
13355 "control file field, and for the default location of the output file."
13359 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13361 "Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, "
13362 "since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or "
13363 "I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)."
13367 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13369 "The main source control information file, giving version-independent "
13370 "information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce."
13374 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13376 "The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. "
13377 "B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose "
13378 "control files it generates here."
13382 #: dpkg-gencontrol.pod
13385 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-"
13387 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
13390 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13392 "dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency "
13397 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13399 msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]"
13400 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
13403 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13405 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) "
13406 "looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This "
13407 "file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the "
13408 "build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the "
13413 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13415 "When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by "
13416 "the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that "
13421 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13422 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
13426 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13428 msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>"
13429 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
13432 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13433 msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols"
13437 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13439 msgid "debian/symbols"
13440 msgstr "deb-control"
13443 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13445 "The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version "
13446 "associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds "
13447 "to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be "
13448 "manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended "
13449 "without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the "
13450 "maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but B<dpkg-"
13451 "gensymbols> helps with that."
13455 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13457 "When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, "
13458 "B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore "
13459 "if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize "
13460 "how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)."
13464 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13465 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.8."
13469 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13470 msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES"
13474 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13476 "The base interchange format of the symbols file is described in L<deb-"
13477 "symbols(5)>, which is used by the symbols files included in binary "
13478 "packages. These are generated from template symbols files with a format "
13479 "based on the former, described in L<deb-src-symbols(5)> and included in "
13484 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13486 "The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of "
13487 "the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update "
13488 "them every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal "
13489 "version matches reality."
13493 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13495 "The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a starting point, but "
13496 "the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the behaviour of those "
13497 "symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything using those "
13498 "symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with the old "
13503 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13505 "In most cases, the diff applies directly to the debian/I<package>.symbols "
13506 "file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's recommended for "
13507 "example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version so that "
13508 "backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version still "
13509 "satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be dropped "
13510 "because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, then one "
13511 "should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’."
13515 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13517 "Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should double-"
13518 "check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, so the "
13519 "patch should ideally only add new lines."
13523 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13524 msgid "Note that you can put comments in symbols files."
13528 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13530 "Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There "
13531 "is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff "
13532 "or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking "
13533 "for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim "
13534 "they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will "
13535 "introduce hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades."
13539 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13540 msgid "Good library management"
13544 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13545 msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:"
13549 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13551 "its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols "
13552 "are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;"
13556 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13558 "ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal "
13559 "changes and API extension;"
13563 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13565 "it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as "
13570 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13572 "While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and "
13573 "disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API "
13574 "and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream "
13575 "changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have "
13576 "been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author "
13577 "should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian "
13578 "specific work-around."
13582 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13583 msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp."
13587 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13589 "Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed "
13590 "in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)."
13594 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13596 "Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from debian/"
13597 "changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree."
13601 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13603 msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>"
13604 msgstr "I<control>"
13607 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13609 "Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public "
13610 "libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the "
13611 "L<File::Glob> manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match multiple "
13612 "libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple B<-e>)."
13616 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
13618 msgid "B<-l>I<directory>"
13619 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13622 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13624 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
13625 "libraries (since dpkg 1.19.1). This option can be used multiple times."
13629 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
13631 "B<Note>: Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that "
13632 "environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it "
13633 "to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when cross-"
13634 "compiling for example."
13638 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13640 msgid "B<-I>I<filename>"
13641 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
13644 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13646 "Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is "
13647 "integrated in the package itself."
13651 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13653 "Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if "
13654 "specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or I<package-build-"
13655 "dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is pre-existing, "
13656 "its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols file. You can use "
13657 "this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches a newer upstream "
13658 "version of your library."
13662 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13668 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13670 "Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible "
13671 "with L<deb-symbols(5)>. The main difference is that in the template mode "
13672 "symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the "
13673 "post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. "
13674 "Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard L<deb-"
13675 "symbols(5)> file (according to the tag processing rules) while all symbols "
13676 "are always written to the symbol file template."
13680 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13682 msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>"
13683 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13686 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13688 "Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the "
13689 "template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. "
13690 "Increasing levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels."
13694 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13699 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13700 msgid "Never fails."
13704 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13709 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13710 msgid "Fails if some symbols have disappeared."
13714 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13719 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13720 msgid "Fails if some new symbols have been introduced."
13724 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13729 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13730 msgid "Fails if some libraries have disappeared."
13734 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13739 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13740 msgid "Fails if some libraries have been introduced."
13744 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13746 "This value can be overridden by the environment variable "
13747 "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>."
13751 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13753 "Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the "
13754 "template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost "
13755 "libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational "
13756 "output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)."
13760 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13762 msgid "B<-a>I<arch>"
13763 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
13766 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13768 "Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this "
13769 "option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its "
13770 "binaries are already available."
13774 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13780 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13782 "Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what B<dpkg-"
13783 "gensymbols> does."
13787 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13794 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13796 "Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols "
13797 "as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by "
13798 "comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern."
13802 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13804 "Sets the host architecture if the B<--arch> option has not be specified."
13808 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13809 msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>"
13813 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13815 "Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument "
13816 "was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line "
13817 "arguments having precedence over environment variables)."
13821 #: dpkg-gensymbols.pod
13823 "L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>, L<https://people."
13824 "redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>, L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/"
13825 "dsohowto.pdf>, L<deb-src-symbol(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-shlibdeps(1)>."
13829 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13831 "dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer "
13836 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13838 "B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> I<maint-script-"
13843 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13844 msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS"
13848 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13850 msgid "B<supports> I<command>"
13851 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
13854 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13855 msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13859 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13861 "B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> "
13866 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13868 "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13872 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13874 "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]"
13878 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13880 "This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some "
13881 "tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design "
13882 "decisions or due to current limitations."
13886 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13888 "Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer "
13889 "scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes "
13890 "the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will "
13891 "automatically adapt its behavior based on the environment variable "
13892 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you "
13893 "have to forward after a double hyphen."
13897 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13899 msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS"
13903 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13905 msgid "I<prior-version>"
13906 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
13909 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13911 "Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the "
13912 "operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that "
13913 "the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package "
13914 "with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the "
13915 "operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version "
13916 "and have the operation tried only once)."
13920 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13922 "If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now "
13923 "modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, I<prior-"
13924 "version> should be based on the version of the package that you are now "
13925 "preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the conffile. "
13926 "This applies to all other actions in the same way."
13930 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13932 "For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, "
13933 "I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile "
13934 "to be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as "
13935 "B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in "
13936 "version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only "
13937 "performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, "
13938 "should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>."
13942 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13945 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
13948 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13950 "The package name owning the pathname(s). When the package is “Multi-Arch: "
13951 "same” this parameter must include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it "
13952 "should B<not> usually include the architecture qualifier (as it would "
13953 "disallow cross-grades, or switching from being architecture specific to "
13954 "architecture B<all> or vice versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, "
13955 "the B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment "
13956 "variables (as set by B<dpkg> when running the maintainer scripts) will be "
13957 "used to generate an arch-qualified package name."
13961 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13964 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
13967 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13969 "All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the "
13970 "program after B<-->."
13974 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13975 msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS"
13979 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13981 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile "
13982 "(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it "
13983 "is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for "
13984 "this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and "
13985 "the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown "
13986 "away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a dpkg-"
13987 "maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer "
13988 "scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf."
13992 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
13994 "This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it "
13995 "must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to "
13996 "implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer "
14001 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14002 msgid "Removing a conffile"
14006 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14008 "B<Note>: This can be replaced in most cases by the C<remove-on-upgrade> flag "
14009 "in F<DEBIAN/conffiles> (since dpkg 1.20.6), see L<deb-conffiles(5)>."
14013 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14015 "If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless "
14016 "the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be "
14017 "preserved. If the package upgrade aborts, the newly obsolete conffile "
14018 "should not disappear."
14022 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14024 "All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the "
14025 "B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
14029 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14033 " dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\\n"
14034 " I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
14039 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14040 msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove."
14044 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14046 "Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was "
14047 "modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not "
14048 "modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the "
14049 "B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept "
14050 "for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be "
14051 "removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the "
14052 "original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the B<.dpkg-"
14053 "bak> file kept up to now."
14057 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14058 msgid "Renaming a conffile"
14062 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14064 "If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure "
14065 "you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple "
14066 "change to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the "
14067 "user being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though "
14068 "they are not responsible of them."
14072 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14074 "Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
14075 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
14079 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14083 " dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\\n"
14084 " I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
14089 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14091 "I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile "
14096 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14098 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been "
14099 "modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to I<old-"
14100 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes I<old-"
14101 "conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to I<new-conffile> if "
14102 "I<old-conffile> is still available. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the "
14103 "B<postrm> renames I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if "
14108 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14109 msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES"
14113 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14115 "When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to "
14116 "a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will "
14121 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14123 "B<Note>: The symlinks and directories created during these switches need to "
14124 "be shipped in the new packages, or B<dpkg> will not be able to remove them "
14129 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14130 msgid "Switching a symlink to directory"
14134 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14136 "If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before "
14137 "unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the "
14138 "B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
14139 "case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the "
14144 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14148 " dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\\n"
14149 " I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
14154 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14156 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a "
14157 "directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target "
14158 "name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or "
14159 "relative to the directory containing I<pathname>."
14163 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14165 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and "
14166 "points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's "
14167 "renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> "
14168 "removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
14169 "symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames "
14170 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
14174 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14175 msgid "Switching a directory to symlink"
14179 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14181 "If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before "
14182 "unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to "
14183 "the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in "
14184 "case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, "
14185 "locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package."
14189 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14191 "Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet "
14192 "in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:"
14196 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14200 " dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\\n"
14201 " I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n"
14206 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14208 "I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a "
14209 "symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of "
14210 "the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to "
14211 "the directory containing I<pathname>."
14215 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14217 "Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does "
14218 "not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created "
14219 "pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to "
14220 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> "
14221 "is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, "
14222 "the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a "
14223 "directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging "
14224 "directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging "
14225 "directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty "
14226 "staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes "
14227 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> "
14228 "renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required."
14232 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14234 #| msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
14235 msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES"
14236 msgstr "ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ"
14239 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14241 "When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native B<dpkg-"
14242 "maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life easier. See for "
14243 "example L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
14247 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14249 "Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it "
14250 "unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required "
14251 "version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends "
14252 "on the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, "
14253 "for B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:"
14257 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14259 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
14261 " Pre-Depends: dpkg (>= 1.17.14)\n"
14263 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14266 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14268 "But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the "
14269 "package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only "
14270 "if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed "
14275 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14279 " if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n"
14280 " dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n"
14286 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14288 "The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The "
14289 "B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg "
14290 "and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in "
14291 "case the environment is not sufficient."
14295 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14296 msgid "If set, it will be used as the filesystem root directory."
14300 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14301 msgid "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory."
14305 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14307 "Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.19.1). The currently accepted values are: "
14308 "B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>."
14312 #: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod
14314 #| msgid "B<installed>"
14315 msgid "L<dh_installdeb(1)>."
14316 msgstr "B<installed>"
14319 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14320 msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files"
14324 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14327 "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]"
14328 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14331 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14333 "This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to "
14334 "generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the "
14335 "file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given."
14339 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14341 "Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be "
14342 "not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing "
14343 "version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the "
14344 "version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and "
14345 "1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is "
14346 "available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge "
14347 "is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's "
14348 "part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global "
14349 "conflict on the content of the entry)."
14353 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14355 msgid "B<--merge-unreleased>"
14356 msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
14359 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14361 "Ignore the version number when the entries are marked as B<UNRELEASED> "
14362 "(since dpkg 1.21.0)."
14366 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14368 "This is useful when you have diverging development for versions that have "
14369 "not yet been released. For instance 2.1-1 is released, then development "
14370 "happens for the new 2.2-1 and then for 2.3-1, where it makes sense to just "
14371 "end with a coalesced entry for 2.3-1 including all the development done in "
14376 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14378 msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>"
14379 msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
14382 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14384 "Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version "
14385 "comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not."
14389 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14391 "This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase "
14392 "its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, "
14393 "2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same "
14394 "changelog entry that has evolved over time."
14398 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14401 msgid "LIMITATIONS"
14405 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14407 "Anything that is not parsed by L<Dpkg::Changelog> is lost during the merge. "
14408 "This might include stuff like comments which were not supposed to be there, "
14413 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14414 msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT"
14418 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14420 "If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git "
14421 "repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> "
14422 "or B<~/.gitconfig>:"
14426 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14429 " [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n"
14430 " name = debian/changelog merge driver\n"
14431 " driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n"
14436 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14438 "Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file "
14439 "either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in B<.git/info/"
14444 #: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod
14446 msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n"
14451 msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names"
14457 msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..."
14458 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14463 "This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy "
14464 "way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full "
14465 "package name consists of I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<."
14466 ">I<package-type> as specified in the control file of the package. The "
14467 "I<version> part of the filename consists of the upstream version information "
14468 "optionally followed by a hyphen and the revision information. The I<package-"
14469 "type> part comes from that field if present or will fall back to B<deb>."
14475 msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>"
14476 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
14480 msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information."
14486 msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>"
14487 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14491 msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving."
14497 msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>"
14498 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
14503 "Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the "
14504 "destination filename."
14510 msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]"
14511 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
14516 "Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument "
14517 "exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the "
14518 "target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of "
14519 "the package. The target directory will be «unstable/binary-I<architecture>/"
14520 "I<section>». If the section is not found in the control, then B<no-section> "
14521 "is assumed, and in this case, as well as for sections B<non-free> and "
14522 "B<contrib> the target directory is «I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The "
14523 "section field is not required so a lot of packages will find their way to "
14524 "the B<no-section> area."
14529 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care, it is messy."
14535 msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>"
14536 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
14541 "This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory "
14542 "isn't found it will be created automatically."
14547 msgid "B<Warning>: Use this option with care."
14553 msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>"
14554 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14559 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the architecture name used in the "
14560 "package filename."
14566 "Some packages don't follow the name structure "
14567 "I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by "
14568 "B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact "
14569 "on how packages are installed by L<dselect(1)>/L<dpkg(1)>, but other "
14570 "installation tools might depend on this naming structure."
14575 msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>"
14581 "The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or "
14582 "something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part "
14583 "of B<bar-foo.deb>)."
14588 msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>"
14594 "All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its "
14595 "subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with "
14596 "no architecture information."
14601 msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>"
14607 "B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of "
14608 "packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>"
14613 msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>"
14618 msgid "This can be used when building new packages."
14625 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<find(1)>, "
14627 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
14630 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14631 msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files"
14635 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14637 msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]"
14638 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
14641 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14643 "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian "
14644 "source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a "
14645 "machine-readable form."
14649 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14651 msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>"
14652 msgstr "I<control>"
14655 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14657 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to "
14658 "specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>."
14662 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14664 msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>"
14665 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
14668 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14670 "Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a "
14671 "special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to "
14672 "the B<debian> standard format. See also L</CHANGELOG FORMATS>."
14676 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14678 msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>"
14679 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
14682 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14684 "Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl "
14685 "environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when "
14686 "looking for the parser perl modules."
14690 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14692 msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>"
14693 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
14696 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14698 "Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name "
14699 "is not printed, only its value."
14703 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14704 msgid "Parser Options"
14708 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14710 "The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog "
14711 "parser, for example the range of entries or the format of the output."
14715 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14717 msgid "B<--format> I<output-format>"
14718 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
14721 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14723 "Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and "
14724 "B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option "
14725 "existed) and the default. It consists of one stanza in Debian control "
14726 "format (see L<deb-control(5)>). If more than one entry is requested, then "
14727 "most fields are taken from the first entry (usually the most recent entry), "
14728 "except otherwise stated:"
14732 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14734 msgid "B<Source:> I<pkg-name>"
14735 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
14738 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14740 msgid "B<Version:> I<version>"
14741 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
14744 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14746 "The source version number. B<Note>: For binary-only releases there might be "
14747 "no corresponding source release."
14751 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14753 msgid "B<Distribution:> I<target-distribution>"
14754 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
14757 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14759 "A space-separated list of one or more distribution names where this version "
14760 "should be installed when it is uploaded."
14764 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14766 msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency>"
14767 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14770 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14772 "The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the "
14773 "concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested."
14777 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14779 msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<author>"
14780 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
14783 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14785 "The name and email address of the person who prepared these changes, they "
14786 "are B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or the usual package maintainer."
14790 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14792 msgid "B<Date:> I<date>"
14793 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14796 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14798 "The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a "
14799 "L<strptime(3)> format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the "
14800 "week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of "
14801 "the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, "
14802 "use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible "
14803 "to map it back to the exact value in this field."
14807 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14809 msgid "B<Timestamp:> I<timestamp>"
14810 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
14813 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14815 "The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg "
14820 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14822 msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number>"
14823 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
14826 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14827 msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged."
14831 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14833 msgid "B<Changes:> I<changelog-entries>"
14834 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
14837 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14839 "The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a "
14840 "valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a "
14841 "single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The "
14842 "exact content depends on the changelog format."
14846 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14848 "The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> "
14849 "fields are mandatory."
14853 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14854 msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present."
14858 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14860 "The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate stanza for "
14861 "each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved."
14865 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14867 msgid "B<--reverse>"
14868 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
14871 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14873 msgid "Include all changes in reverse order (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
14874 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
14877 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14879 "B<Note>: For the B<dpkg> format the first entry will be the most ancient "
14884 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod update-alternatives.pod
14887 msgstr "B<install>"
14890 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14892 "Include all changes. B<Note>: Other options have no effect when this is in "
14897 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14899 msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>"
14900 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
14903 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14905 msgid "B<-v> I<version>"
14906 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
14909 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14910 msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>."
14914 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14916 msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>"
14917 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
14920 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14921 msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>."
14925 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14927 msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>"
14928 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14931 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14932 msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>."
14936 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14938 msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>"
14939 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
14942 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14943 msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>."
14947 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14949 msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>"
14950 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
14953 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14955 msgid "B<-n> I<number>"
14956 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
14959 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14961 "Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower "
14966 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14968 msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>"
14969 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
14972 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14974 "Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail "
14975 "if I<number> is lower than 0)."
14979 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14981 msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS"
14982 msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
14985 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14987 "It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a "
14988 "parser for that alternative format."
14992 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
14994 "In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be "
14995 "included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl "
14996 "regular expression: “B<\\schangelog-format:\\s+([0-9a-z]+)\\W>”. The part "
14997 "in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:"
15001 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15002 msgid "@@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@"
15006 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15008 "Changelog format names are non-empty strings of lowercase alphanumerics (“a-"
15013 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15015 "If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser "
15016 "as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it "
15017 "not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically "
15018 "capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it "
15019 "is provided by default."
15023 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15025 "The parser should be derived from the L<Dpkg::Changelog> class and implement "
15026 "the required documented interface."
15030 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15032 "If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves "
15033 "a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be "
15034 "stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact."
15038 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15040 "If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information "
15041 "this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not "
15042 "attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources."
15046 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15048 "If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error "
15049 "out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect "
15054 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15055 msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all."
15059 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15061 "All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg 1.14.16."
15065 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15067 "Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg "
15072 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15074 "The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the "
15075 "source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the "
15076 "changes made since a particular release, and the source version number "
15081 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15083 "The B<Maintainer> field has a confusing name matching the field in the "
15084 "F<debian/control> file but not its exact semantics, where its meaning would "
15085 "be better represented by the B<Changed-By> field name used in the F<."
15090 #: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod
15092 msgid "L<deb-changelog(5)>."
15093 msgstr "I<control>"
15097 msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database"
15103 msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>"
15104 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
15109 "B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the "
15110 "B<dpkg> database."
15116 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
15117 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
15122 "List all known packages matching one or more patterns, regardless of their "
15123 "status, which includes any real or virtual package referenced in any "
15124 "dependency relationship field (such as B<Breaks>, B<Enhances>, etc.). If no "
15125 "I<package-name-pattern> is given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
15126 "excluding the ones marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been "
15127 "previously purged). Normal shell wildcard characters are allowed in "
15128 "I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote "
15129 "I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename "
15130 "expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with "
15138 " dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'\n"
15140 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
15145 "The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package "
15146 "status, and errors, in that order."
15151 msgid "Desired action:"
15156 msgid "u = Unknown"
15162 msgid "i = Install"
15163 msgstr "B<install>"
15182 msgid "Package status:"
15188 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
15189 msgid "n = Not-installed"
15190 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
15195 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
15196 msgid "c = Config-files"
15197 msgstr "B<config-files>"
15202 #| msgid "B<half-installed>"
15203 msgid "H = Half-installed"
15204 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
15209 #| msgid "B<unpacked>"
15210 msgid "U = Unpacked"
15211 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
15216 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
15217 msgid "F = Half-configured"
15218 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
15222 msgid "W = Triggers-awaiting"
15227 msgid "t = Triggers-pending"
15233 #| msgid "B<installed>"
15234 msgid "i = Installed"
15235 msgstr "B<installed>"
15239 msgid "Error flags:"
15244 msgid "E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)"
15249 msgid "R = Reinst-required"
15255 "An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause "
15256 "severe problems. Please refer to L<dpkg(1)> for information about the above "
15257 "states and flags."
15263 "The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies "
15264 "automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, "
15265 "and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and B<--"
15266 "showformat> for a way to configure the output format."
15272 msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
15273 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
15278 "Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the "
15279 "given patterns. However the output can be customized using the B<--"
15280 "showformat> option."
15286 "The default output format gives one line per matching package, each line "
15287 "consisting of the package name and its installed version, separated by a "
15288 "tab. The package name will be architecture qualified for packages with a "
15289 "B<Multi-Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, "
15290 "which is an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
15296 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> [I<package-name>...]"
15297 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
15302 "Report status of specified packages. This just displays the entry in the "
15303 "installed package status database. If no I<package-name> is specified it "
15304 "will display all package entries in the status database (since dpkg "
15305 "1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> entries are listed, the requested "
15306 "status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as "
15307 "specified on the argument list."
15311 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15313 msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..."
15314 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
15319 "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple "
15320 "I<package-name>s are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by "
15321 "an empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
15327 "Each file diversion is printed on its own line after its diverted file, "
15328 "prefixed with one of the following localized strings:"
15336 " locally diverted to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15337 " package diverts others to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15338 " diverted by I<pkg> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15345 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
15346 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results. On some systems this might also "
15347 "require adapting the B<LANGUAGE> environment variable appropriately if it is "
15348 "already set (see L<locale(7)>)."
15354 "This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor "
15355 "will it list alternatives."
15361 msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>"
15362 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
15367 "List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg "
15368 "1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>."
15374 msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>"
15375 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
15380 "Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to "
15381 "the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)."
15387 msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]"
15388 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
15393 "List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> "
15394 "(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the "
15395 "path for that control file if it is present."
15401 "B<Warning>: This command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the "
15402 "internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and B<--"
15403 "control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the same "
15404 "end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where "
15405 "this command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm "
15406 "maintainer script), and while there is no good solution for that, this "
15407 "command will not get removed."
15411 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15413 msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..."
15414 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
15419 "Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given patterns. "
15420 "Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where "
15421 "asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and backslash "
15422 "(B<\\>) will be used as an escape character."
15428 "If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of ‘B<*[?/"
15429 ">’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be implicitly "
15430 "surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). If the "
15431 "subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\>’, then it will handled like a "
15432 "glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be removed and a "
15433 "literal path lookup will be performed."
15439 "The output format consists of one line per matching pattern, with a list of "
15440 "packages owning the pathname separated by a comma (U+002C ‘B<,>’) and a "
15441 "space (U+0020 ‘B< >’), followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’) and a space, "
15442 "followed by the pathname. As in:"
15449 " pkgname1, pkgname2: pathname1\n"
15450 " pkgname3: pathname2\n"
15456 msgid "File diversions are printed with the following localized strings:"
15464 " diversion by I<pkgname> from: I<diverted-from>\n"
15465 " diversion by I<pkgname> to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15471 msgid "or for local diversions:"
15479 " local diversion from: I<diverted-from>\n"
15480 " local diversion to: I<diverted-to>\n"
15487 "B<Hint>: When machine parsing the output, it is customary to set the locale "
15488 "to B<C.UTF-8> to get reproducible results."
15494 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> [I<package-name>...]"
15495 msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>"
15500 "Display details about packages, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. If no "
15501 "I<package-name> is specified, it will display all package entries in the "
15502 "I<available> database (since dpkg 1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> "
15503 "are listed, the requested I<available> entries are separated by an empty "
15504 "line, with the same order as specified on the argument list."
15510 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead "
15511 "as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using B<dselect>."
15517 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is "
15522 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15524 msgid "B<--root=>I<directory>"
15525 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
15528 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15530 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the administrative "
15531 "directory to «I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
15537 msgid "B<--load-avail>"
15538 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
15543 "Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> "
15544 "commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg "
15549 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15551 msgid "B<--no-pager>"
15552 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
15555 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
15558 "Disables the use of any pager when showing information (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
15559 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15564 msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>"
15565 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
15570 "This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will "
15571 "produce (short option since dpkg 1.13.1). The format is a string that will "
15572 "be output for each package listed."
15577 msgid "In the format string, “B<\\>” introduces escapes:"
15582 msgid "B<\\n> newline"
15587 msgid "B<\\r> carriage return"
15598 "“B<\\>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the "
15599 "following character, which is useful for “B<\\>” and “B<$>”."
15605 "Package information can be included by inserting variable references to "
15606 "package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields "
15607 "are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left "
15608 "alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are "
15609 "not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields "
15610 "stored in the binary package end up in it):"
15616 msgid "B<Architecture>"
15617 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
15623 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15627 msgid "B<Conffiles> (internal)"
15632 msgid "B<Config-Version> (internal)"
15637 msgid "B<Conflicts>"
15653 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
15654 msgid "B<Description>"
15655 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
15660 #| msgid "B<Description:> E<lt>short descriptionE<gt>"
15661 msgid "B<Description-md5> (internal, front-end related)"
15662 msgstr "B<Description:> E<lt>короткое описаниеE<gt>"
15666 msgid "B<Enhances>"
15672 msgid "B<Protected>"
15673 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
15678 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
15679 msgid "B<Essential>"
15680 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
15684 msgid "B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
15690 msgid "B<Homepage>"
15691 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15695 msgid "B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)"
15700 msgid "B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)"
15706 msgid "B<Maintainer>"
15707 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
15713 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
15719 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
15724 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
15725 msgid "B<Pre-Depends>"
15726 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15731 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
15732 msgid "B<Priority>"
15733 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
15738 msgid "B<Provides>"
15739 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
15744 #| msgid "B<Recommends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
15745 msgid "B<Recommends>"
15746 msgstr "B<Recommends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15750 msgid "B<Replaces>"
15755 msgid "B<Revision> (obsolete)"
15762 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
15766 msgid "B<SHA1> (internal, front-end related)"
15771 msgid "B<SHA256> (internal, front-end related)"
15776 msgid "B<SHA512> (internal, front-end related)"
15781 msgid "B<Size> (internal, front-end related)"
15788 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15793 msgid "B<Status> (internal)"
15794 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15798 msgid "B<Suggests>"
15803 msgid "B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)"
15808 msgid "B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)"
15813 msgid "B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)"
15820 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
15825 "The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values "
15826 "from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in "
15832 msgid "B<binary:Package>"
15838 "It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier "
15839 "like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be "
15840 "present to make the package name unambiguous, for packages with a B<Multi-"
15841 "Arch> field with the value B<same> or with a foreign architecture, which is "
15842 "an architecture that is neither the native one nor B<all>."
15848 msgid "B<binary:Synopsis>"
15849 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
15854 msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
15855 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15859 msgid "B<binary:Summary>"
15864 msgid "This is an alias for B<binary:Synopsis> (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
15869 msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>"
15875 "It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as "
15876 "“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description "
15877 "for more details."
15882 msgid "B<db:Status-Want>"
15888 "It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15895 msgid "B<db:Status-Status>"
15896 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
15901 "It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg "
15907 msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>"
15913 "It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since "
15920 msgid "B<db-fsys:Files>"
15921 msgstr "B<config-files>"
15927 "It contains the list of the package filesystem entries separated by newlines "
15928 "(since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15929 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15933 msgid "B<db-fsys:Last-Modified>"
15939 "It contains the timestamp in seconds of the last time the package filesystem "
15940 "entries were modified (since dpkg 1.19.3)."
15946 msgid "B<source:Package>"
15947 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
15952 "It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg "
15959 "It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg "
15967 "It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package "
15968 "(since dpkg 1.18.16)"
15969 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
15974 "The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\t${Version}\\n>”. "
15975 "Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined "
15976 "fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no "
15977 "conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the "
15978 "B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:"
15985 " dpkg-query -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\t${Maintainer}\\n' \\\n"
15992 msgid "The requested query was successfully performed."
15996 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
15997 #: dpkg.pod start-stop-daemon.pod
16004 "The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or "
16005 "package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and B<--"
16006 "control-show> were such errors are fatal)."
16010 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
16017 "Sets the program to execute when spawning a command via a shell (since dpkg "
16022 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
16029 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
16032 msgid "B<DPKG_PAGER>"
16038 "Sets the pager command to use (since dpkg 1.19.1), which will be executed "
16039 "with «B<$SHELL -c>». If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will "
16040 "be used instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment "
16041 "variable (since dpkg 1.19.2)."
16045 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
16047 "If set and the B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as "
16048 "the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
16052 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod
16054 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
16055 "as the B<dpkg> data directory."
16059 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
16066 "Defined by B<dpkg-query> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning "
16067 "a pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
16068 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
16069 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
16070 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
16074 #: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod
16076 "Query operations should never require root, and delegating their execution "
16077 "to unprivileged users via some gain-root command can have security "
16078 "implications (such as privilege escalation), for example when a pager is "
16079 "automatically invoked by the tool."
16083 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
16084 msgid "dpkg-realpath - print the resolved pathname with DPKG_ROOT support"
16088 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
16090 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
16091 msgid "B<dpkg-realpath> [I<option>...] I<pathname>"
16092 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
16095 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
16097 "B<dpkg-realpath> is a tool (since dpkg 1.20.1) to resolve a pathname, that "
16098 "takes the L<dpkg(1)> root directory into account, either implicitly from the "
16099 "B<DPKG_ROOT> environment variable or from the command-line B<--root> or B<--"
16100 "instdir> options, and returns an absolute I<pathname> relative to the root "
16101 "directory. The root directory must not be prefixed to the I<pathname> to be "
16106 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
16108 "This is intended to be used by other B<dpkg> helpers, or by maintainer "
16109 "scripts instead of using L<realpath(1)> or L<readlink(1)> to canonicalize "
16110 "pathnames, as these latter commands do not support canonicalization relative "
16111 "to a different root than F</>."
16115 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
16117 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.20.1."
16118 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
16121 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
16123 msgid "B<-z>, B<--zero>"
16124 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
16127 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
16129 "Use a NUL byte to end output lines instead of a new line character (since "
16134 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
16136 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which is the base directory that "
16137 "pathnames get canonicalized against. Defaults to «B</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
16142 #: dpkg-realpath.pod update-alternatives.pod
16144 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
16145 "will be used as the filesystem root directory."
16149 #: dpkg-realpath.pod
16150 msgid "L<realpath(1)>, L<readlink(1)>."
16154 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16155 msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files"
16159 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16161 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
16162 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>"
16166 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16168 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and "
16169 "creates a Packages file, used by L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, etc, to tell the "
16170 "user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are "
16171 "the same as those found on Debian archive sites and media discs. You might "
16172 "use B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to "
16173 "install on a cluster of machines."
16177 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16179 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Packages file with L<apt(8)> "
16180 "you will probably need to compress the file with L<xz(1)> (generating a "
16181 "Packages.xz file), L<bzip2(1)> (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or "
16182 "L<gzip(1)> (generating a Packages.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed "
16183 "Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
16187 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16189 "I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process "
16190 "(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to "
16191 "the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new "
16192 "Packages file will start with this string."
16196 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16198 "I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information "
16199 "about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed "
16200 "since dpkg 1.15.5); see L<deb-override(5)>."
16204 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16206 "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields."
16210 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16212 "If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is "
16213 "included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in "
16214 "architecture only the first one found is used."
16218 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16220 msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>"
16221 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
16224 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16225 msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb."
16229 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod
16231 msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>"
16232 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
16235 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16237 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed "
16238 "since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more information on "
16243 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16245 msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>"
16246 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
16249 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16251 "Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of "
16252 "scanning for all debs."
16256 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16258 msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>"
16259 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
16262 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16264 "Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg "
16265 "1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. "
16266 "Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>."
16270 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16272 msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>"
16273 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
16276 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16277 msgid "Include all found packages in the output."
16281 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16283 msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>"
16284 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
16287 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16289 "Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg "
16290 "1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> "
16291 "files for use by the B<media> access method of B<dselect>."
16295 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod
16296 #: update-alternatives.pod
16297 msgid "DIAGNOSTICS"
16301 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16303 "B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also "
16304 "warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, "
16305 "have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override "
16306 "file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect."
16310 #: dpkg-scanpackages.pod
16313 "L<dpkg(1)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, "
16314 "L<dpkg-scansources(1)>."
16315 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
16318 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16319 msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files"
16323 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16325 "B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> [I<path-"
16326 "prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>"
16330 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16332 "B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These "
16333 "are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout."
16337 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16339 "The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting "
16340 "index stanzas and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> "
16341 "files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-"
16342 "override(5)> for the format of this file."
16346 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16348 "B<Note>: Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source packages, "
16349 "there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the "
16350 "highest priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for "
16351 "the priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first "
16352 "binary package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. "
16353 "This might change."
16357 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16359 "The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the "
16360 "generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields "
16361 "contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy."
16365 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16367 "B<Note>: If you want to access the generated Sources file with L<apt(8)> you "
16368 "will probably need to compress the file with L<gzip(1)> (generating a "
16369 "Sources.gz file). L<apt(8)> ignores uncompressed Sources files except on "
16370 "local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)."
16374 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16376 msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>"
16377 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
16380 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16382 "Do not sort the index stanzas. Normally they are sorted by source package "
16387 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16389 "Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file "
16390 "can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See L<deb-extra-override(5)> for more "
16391 "information on its format."
16395 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16397 msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>"
16398 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
16401 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16403 "Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since "
16404 "dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified "
16405 "with I<.src> appended."
16409 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16411 "The source override file is in a different format from the binary override "
16412 "file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the "
16413 "source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment "
16414 "lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files "
16415 "the source override takes precedence for setting the section."
16419 #: dpkg-scansources.pod update-alternatives.pod
16422 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
16425 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16426 msgid "Turn debugging on."
16430 #: dpkg-scansources.pod
16432 msgid "L<deb-override(5)>, L<deb-extra-override(5)>, L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
16433 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
16436 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16437 msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies"
16441 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16443 msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>] I<executable> [I<option>...]"
16444 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
16447 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16449 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables "
16450 "named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution "
16451 "variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names B<shlibs:>I<dependency-"
16452 "field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency field name. Any other "
16453 "variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from the file."
16457 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16459 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate "
16460 "dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For "
16461 "each binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of "
16462 "libraries that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either "
16463 "the I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or "
16464 "if debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are "
16465 "supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available "
16466 "as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>."
16467 "I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two steps: find the library "
16468 "file on the system (looking in the same directories that B<ld.so> would "
16469 "use), then use B<dpkg -S> I<library-file> to lookup the package providing "
16474 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16475 msgid "Symbols files"
16479 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16481 "Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the "
16482 "minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script "
16483 "tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the "
16484 "following places (first match is used):"
16488 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16489 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols"
16493 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16495 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
16496 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by L<dpkg-gensymbols(1)>. "
16497 "They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The "
16498 "symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from "
16499 "other binary packages."
16503 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16504 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>"
16508 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16509 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols"
16513 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16515 "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the "
16516 "architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture -"
16517 "qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)."
16521 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16522 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”"
16526 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16528 "Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden "
16529 "by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%."
16533 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16535 "While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers "
16536 "the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the "
16537 "process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library "
16538 "used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)."
16542 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16544 "As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a B<Build-Depends-"
16545 "Package> or B<Build-Depends-Packages> meta-information field and B<dpkg-"
16546 "shlibdeps> will extract the minimal version required by the corresponding "
16547 "package in the B<Build-Depends> field and use this version if it's higher "
16548 "than the minimal version computed by scanning symbols."
16552 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16553 msgid "Shlibs files"
16557 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16559 "Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking "
16560 "at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe "
16561 "and easy to handle."
16565 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16567 "The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first "
16568 "file providing information for the library of interest is used:"
16572 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16573 msgid "debian/shlibs.local"
16577 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16578 msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information."
16582 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16583 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override"
16587 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16588 msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information."
16592 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16593 msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs"
16597 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16599 "Shared library information generated by the current build process that also "
16600 "invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a "
16601 "package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence "
16602 "over shlibs files from other binary packages."
16606 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16607 msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”"
16611 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16612 msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default"
16616 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16617 msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information."
16621 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16623 "The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are "
16624 "filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker "
16625 "than another dependency)."
16629 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16631 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just "
16632 "as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>."
16636 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16638 msgid "B<-e>I<executable>"
16639 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
16642 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16644 "Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by "
16645 "I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times."
16649 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16651 "Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared "
16652 "libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times."
16656 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16658 msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>"
16659 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16662 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16664 "Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field "
16665 "I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the "
16666 "variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)"
16670 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16672 "The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after "
16673 "the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default "
16674 "I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>."
16678 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16680 "If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than "
16681 "one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, "
16682 "B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will "
16683 "automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one "
16684 "representing the most important dependencies."
16688 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16690 msgid "B<--package=>I<package>"
16691 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
16694 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16696 msgid "Define the package name."
16697 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
16700 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16702 "When specified, the package name will be used to change defaults based on "
16703 "the binary package metadata in F<debian/control>."
16707 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16709 "If the package is B<Essential: yes>, then the default dependency field is "
16710 "B<Pre-Depends>, otherwise B<Depends>. The default package type is set from "
16711 "the B<Package-Type> field. The package is added to the set of packages "
16712 "excluded by B<-x>."
16716 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16718 msgid "Option supported since dpkg 1.22.7."
16719 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
16722 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16724 msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>"
16725 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16728 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16730 "Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of B<shlibs:"
16731 ">. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with I<varname-"
16732 "prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the substitution "
16737 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16739 "Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if "
16740 "specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution "
16741 "variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)."
16745 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16747 msgid "B<-t>I<type>"
16748 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
16751 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16753 "Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package "
16754 "type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged "
16755 "information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency "
16756 "information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the "
16757 "type, a colon, and whitespace."
16761 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16763 msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>"
16764 msgstr "I<control>"
16767 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16769 "Read overriding shared library dependency information from I<local-shlibs-"
16770 "file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>."
16774 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16776 "Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is B<debian/"
16781 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16787 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16789 "Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to "
16790 "explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does."
16794 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16796 msgid "B<-x>I<package>"
16797 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
16800 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16802 "Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). "
16803 "This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF "
16804 "binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the "
16805 "same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several "
16810 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16812 msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>"
16813 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16816 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16818 "Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since "
16819 "dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple "
16820 "flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the "
16821 "dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple "
16822 "times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of "
16823 "other binary packages."
16827 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16829 msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>"
16830 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
16833 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16835 "Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared "
16836 "library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times."
16840 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16841 msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>"
16845 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16847 "Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library "
16848 "(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries "
16849 "should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with "
16850 "symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages."
16854 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16855 msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>"
16859 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16861 "I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by "
16862 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning "
16863 "“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 "
16864 "(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and "
16865 "bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against "
16866 "I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active "
16867 "by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings "
16872 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16874 "Sets the host architecture. This affects the objects and symbols files "
16875 "searched for and their default search pathnames."
16879 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16884 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16886 "Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of "
16887 "the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They "
16888 "inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, "
16889 "those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of "
16890 "decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:"
16894 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16896 "B<symbol> I<sym> B<used by> I<binary> B<found in none of the libraries.>"
16900 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16902 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
16903 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked "
16904 "with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> "
16909 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16911 "I<binary> B<contains an unresolvable reference to symbol> I<sym>B<: it's "
16912 "probably a plugin>"
16916 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16918 "The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the "
16919 "binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably "
16920 "provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't "
16921 "have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be "
16922 "clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a "
16923 "non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared "
16924 "library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. "
16925 "But there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that "
16926 "programs linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds "
16927 "it. In that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed."
16931 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16933 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binary> B<was not linked "
16934 "against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the library's symbols)>"
16938 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16940 "None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the "
16941 "symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would "
16942 "avoid the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency "
16943 "is also generated by another library that is really used)."
16947 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16949 "B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binaries> B<were not linked "
16950 "against> I<library> B<(they use none of the library's symbols)>"
16954 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16955 msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries."
16959 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16961 "I<binary> B<should not be linked against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the "
16962 "library's symbols)>"
16966 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16968 "The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a "
16969 "problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be "
16970 "obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks "
16971 "the same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead "
16972 "of doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed."
16976 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16981 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16983 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a "
16984 "binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either "
16985 "shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is "
16986 "versioned (libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should "
16987 "not have a SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned."
16991 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
16993 "B<couldn't find library> I<library-soname> B<needed by> I<binary> B<(its "
16994 "RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>"
16998 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
17000 "The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> "
17001 "has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of "
17002 "directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the "
17003 "binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the "
17004 "B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories (ex. /"
17005 "lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public directories "
17006 "(/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and obsolete "
17007 "multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). Then it "
17008 "checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary being "
17009 "analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> command-line "
17010 "option, in other packages' build trees that contains a DEBIAN/shlibs or "
17011 "DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If the library is "
17012 "not found in any of those directories, then you get this error."
17016 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
17018 "If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then "
17019 "you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package "
17020 "being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this "
17021 "package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory "
17022 "if it also is in a private directory."
17026 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
17028 "B<no dependency information found for> I<library-file> B<(used by> "
17033 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
17035 "The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in "
17036 "I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency "
17037 "information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to "
17038 "map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S> I<library-"
17039 "file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files in "
17040 "%ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees (debian/*/"
17045 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
17047 "This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the "
17048 "package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within "
17049 "the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in "
17050 "which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling "
17051 "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found "
17052 "under a non-canonical name (example: /usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl."
17053 "so.0.9.8 instead of /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any "
17054 "package, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback "
17055 "on a canonical name (using L<realpath(3)>) but it might not always work. "
17056 "It's always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems."
17060 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
17062 "Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more "
17063 "information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This "
17064 "might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error."
17068 #: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod
17071 "L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<deb-shlibs(5)>, L<deb-symbols(5)>, L<dpkg-"
17073 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
17077 msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool"
17083 msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>"
17084 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
17088 msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives."
17094 "None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and "
17095 "they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate "
17102 msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]"
17103 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
17108 "Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option "
17109 "argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file (B<."
17110 "dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to specify "
17111 "the directory to extract the source package to, this must not exist. If no "
17112 "output directory is specified, the source package is extracted into a "
17113 "directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working directory."
17119 "B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source "
17120 "package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory "
17127 "The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and "
17128 "ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and "
17129 "directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will "
17130 "be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' "
17131 "umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will "
17132 "be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership."
17138 "If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all "
17139 "formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so "
17140 "that the following builds of the source package use the same format by "
17146 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]"
17152 "Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first non-"
17153 "option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the "
17154 "debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes "
17155 "to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to "
17156 "build the package, additional parameters might be accepted."
17162 "B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in "
17163 "this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line "
17164 "option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The "
17165 "fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the "
17166 "future, you should always document the desired source format in B<debian/"
17167 "source/format>. See section L</SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an extensive "
17168 "description of the various source package formats."
17174 msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>"
17175 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
17180 "Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if "
17181 "B<dpkg-source --build> I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and "
17182 "with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)."
17188 msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>"
17189 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
17194 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
17195 "1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
17196 "buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules clean>). This "
17197 "command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not all source "
17198 "formats implement something in this hook, and those that do usually prepare "
17199 "the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that the Debian "
17200 "patches are applied."
17206 msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>"
17207 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
17212 "Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg "
17213 "1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package (B<dpkg-"
17214 "buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be called "
17215 "multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this hook, "
17216 "and those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has done."
17222 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..."
17223 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
17228 "Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg "
17229 "1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the "
17230 "source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't "
17237 "Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract "
17238 "options can be shown by using the B<--format> option."
17244 msgid "Generic build options"
17245 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
17250 "Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The "
17251 "default is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is "
17252 "interpreted starting at the source tree's top level directory."
17258 "Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is "
17259 "B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted "
17260 "starting at the source tree's top level directory."
17266 msgid "B<--format=>I<value>"
17267 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
17272 "Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). "
17273 "It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>."
17279 "Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read "
17280 "any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution "
17281 "variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)."
17286 msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>"
17292 "Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files (B<--"
17293 "compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause "
17294 "existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported "
17295 "values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for "
17296 "formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported "
17297 "since dpkg 1.15.5."
17302 msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>"
17308 "Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As "
17309 "with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> "
17310 "to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> "
17316 msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]"
17322 "You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered "
17323 "out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). "
17324 "(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being "
17325 "built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore "
17326 "uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)"
17332 "The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex "
17333 "(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of "
17334 "B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories "
17335 "of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and "
17336 "Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of "
17337 "multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect."
17343 "This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in "
17344 "the diff, for example if you maintain your source in a revision control "
17345 "system and want to use a checkout to build a source package without "
17346 "including the additional files and directories that it will usually contain "
17347 "(e.g. CVS/, .cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very "
17348 "exhaustive, but if you need to replace it, please note that by default it "
17349 "can match any part of a path, so if you want to match the begin of a "
17350 "filename or only full filenames, you will need to provide the necessary "
17351 "anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, ‘($|/)’) yourself."
17356 msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>"
17362 "The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by "
17363 "B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does "
17364 "this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is "
17365 "convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated "
17366 "files from the automatic patch generation."
17371 msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]"
17377 "If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to L<tar(1)>'s B<--"
17378 "exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file (B<--"
17379 "tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar skip "
17380 "over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be "
17381 "repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude."
17387 "B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out "
17388 "control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, "
17389 "backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories."
17395 "B<Note>: While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very "
17396 "different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes "
17397 "a perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full "
17398 "relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a "
17399 "filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full "
17400 "relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact "
17401 "semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see L<https://"
17402 "www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards> for a full documentation."
17408 "The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of "
17409 "the B<--help> command."
17414 msgid "Generic extract options"
17420 msgid "B<--no-copy>"
17421 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17426 "Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg "
17433 msgid "B<--no-check>"
17434 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
17439 "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
17445 msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>"
17446 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
17451 "Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg "
17457 msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>"
17463 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP "
17464 "signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's "
17465 "I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of "
17466 "the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg>, I</"
17467 "usr/share/keyrings/debian-nonupload.gpg> and I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-"
17468 "maintainers.gpg>)."
17473 msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>"
17479 "Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong "
17480 "checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered "
17481 "strong is B<SHA-256>."
17487 msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>"
17488 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
17493 "Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since "
17494 "dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient "
17495 "source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility."
17501 msgid "Generic general options"
17502 msgstr "B<config-files>"
17507 "Sets the maximum number of threads allowed for compressors that support "
17508 "multi-threaded operations (since dpkg 1.21.14)."
17513 msgid "Sets quiet mode to suppress warnings."
17519 msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS"
17520 msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
17525 "If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either "
17526 "“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/"
17527 "DebSrc3.0> for information on the deployment of those formats within Debian."
17532 msgid "Format: 1.0"
17538 "A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> "
17539 "associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package "
17540 "is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be "
17541 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction "
17542 "supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
17547 msgid "B<Extracting>"
17553 "Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in "
17554 "the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first "
17555 "unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the "
17556 "B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the "
17557 "extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading "
17558 "to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new "
17559 "files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but cannot remove "
17560 "files (empty files will be left over) and cannot create or change symlinks."
17565 msgid "B<Building>"
17571 "Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source "
17572 "directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original "
17573 "tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by "
17574 "comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory."
17580 msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>"
17581 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
17586 "If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the "
17587 "original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a "
17588 "Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second "
17589 "argument is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source "
17590 "tarfile I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original "
17591 "source directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments."
17597 "B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing "
17598 "tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, B<-"
17599 "sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead."
17605 "Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default "
17606 "I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave "
17607 "this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current "
17608 "directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into "
17609 "I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff."
17620 msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards."
17626 "Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default "
17627 "I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a "
17628 "new original source archive from it."
17633 msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used."
17639 "Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a "
17640 "tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the "
17641 "tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the "
17642 "directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated."
17648 "Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. "
17649 "The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used "
17650 "for Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source "
17651 "and therefore have no debianization diffs."
17657 msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>"
17658 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
17663 "Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a "
17664 "directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string "
17665 "(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack "
17666 "it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-"
17667 "sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original source "
17668 "and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither is found "
17669 "it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a "
17670 "straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are "
17671 "found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if B<-"
17672 "sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if B<-"
17673 "sa> was specified. B<-sa> is the default."
17678 msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>"
17684 "The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of "
17685 "the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in "
17686 "B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>."
17691 msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>"
17696 msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed."
17702 "Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a "
17703 "tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an "
17704 "existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is "
17710 msgid "Unpacks the original source tree."
17716 "Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory "
17717 "nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is "
17724 "All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than "
17725 "one only the last one will be used."
17731 msgid "B<--skip-debianization>"
17732 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
17737 "Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since "
17743 msgid "Format: 2.0"
17749 "Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg "
17750 "1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for wide-"
17751 "spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the first "
17752 "specification of a new-generation source package format."
17758 "The behavior of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except "
17759 "that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in B<debian/"
17760 "patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\w-]+> must be valid "
17761 "patches: they are applied at extraction time."
17767 "When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is "
17768 "stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>."
17773 msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)"
17779 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native "
17780 "package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression "
17781 "methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as "
17782 "well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option "
17783 "in the B<--help> output)."
17788 msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)"
17794 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at "
17795 "least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, "
17796 "B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It "
17797 "can also contain additional original tarballs (B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar."
17798 ">I<ext>). I<component> can only contain alphanumeric (‘a-zA-Z0-9’) "
17799 "characters and hyphens (‘-’). Optionally each original tarball can be "
17800 "accompanied by a detached upstream signature (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and "
17801 "B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), extraction supported since dpkg "
17802 "1.17.20, building supported since dpkg 1.18.5."
17808 "The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original "
17809 "tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part "
17810 "of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian "
17811 "tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of "
17812 "any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must "
17813 "contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files "
17814 "outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)."
17820 "All patches listed in B<debian/patches/>I<vendor>B<.series> or B<debian/"
17821 "patches/series> are then applied, where I<vendor> will be the lowercase name "
17822 "of the current vendor, or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the "
17823 "former file is used and the latter one doesn't exist (or is a symlink), then "
17824 "the latter is replaced with a symlink to the former. This is meant to "
17825 "simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set of patches. Vendor-specific "
17826 "series files are intended to make it possible to serialize multiple "
17827 "development branches based on the vendor, in a declarative way, in "
17828 "preference to open-coding this handling in B<debian/rules>. This is "
17829 "particularly useful when the source would need to be patched conditionally "
17830 "because the affected files do not have built-in conditional occlusion "
17831 "support. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series "
17832 "files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line "
17833 "after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those "
17834 "options and always expects patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> "
17835 "option of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such "
17836 "options, and the build is likely to fail."
17842 "Note that L<lintian(1)> will emit unconditional warnings when using vendor "
17843 "series due to a controversial Debian specific ruling, which should not "
17844 "affect any external usage; to silence these, the dpkg lintian profile can be "
17845 "used by passing «B<--profile dpkg>» to L<lintian(1)>."
17851 "The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the "
17852 "source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when "
17853 "autogenerated files are patched)."
17859 "Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behavior, patches are expected to apply "
17860 "without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such "
17861 "patches with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to "
17868 "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behavior, the patches can remove files too."
17875 "The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied "
17876 "during the extraction."
17882 "All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a "
17883 "temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the "
17884 "debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches "
17885 "except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or B<debian-"
17886 "changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The temporary "
17887 "directory is compared to the source package directory. When the diff is non-"
17888 "empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or B<--auto-commit> "
17889 "has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the automatic patch. If "
17890 "the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's added/removed from the series "
17891 "file and from the B<quilt> metadata."
17897 "Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus "
17898 "lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that "
17899 "modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in B<debian/source/"
17900 "include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds binary files in "
17901 "the debian sub-directory unless they have been allowed through B<debian/"
17902 "source/include-binaries>."
17908 "The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used "
17909 "to generate the debian tarball."
17915 "The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific "
17916 "files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> "
17917 "option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used "
17918 "by B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch."
17924 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that "
17925 "all patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build "
17926 "always has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches "
17927 "(they are listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), "
17928 "and if the first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will "
17929 "apply them all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this "
17935 msgid "B<Recording changes>"
17941 msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]"
17942 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
17947 "Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by "
17948 "the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the "
17949 "name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked "
17950 "interactively. If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch "
17951 "corresponding to the local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor "
17952 "(the first one found from B<sensible-editor>, C<$VISUAL>, C<$EDITOR>, B<vi>) "
17953 "is launched so that you can edit the meta-information in the patch header."
17959 "Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that pre-"
17960 "generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after "
17961 "integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must "
17962 "already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must "
17963 "not have supplementary unrecorded changes."
17969 "If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be "
17970 "automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up "
17971 "in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries --"
17972 "build> would do)."
17978 msgid "B<Build options>"
17979 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
17984 msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>"
17985 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
17990 "Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the "
17991 "B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know "
17992 "about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given "
17993 "version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that "
17994 "B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is "
17995 "stored in B<.pc/.version>."
18001 msgid "B<--include-removal>"
18002 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
18007 "Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated "
18013 msgid "B<--include-timestamp>"
18018 msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch."
18024 msgid "B<--include-binaries>"
18025 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18030 "Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to B<debian/"
18031 "source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in subsequent builds "
18032 "and this option is thus no more needed."
18038 msgid "B<--no-preparation>"
18039 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
18044 "Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are "
18045 "apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
18051 msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>"
18052 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
18057 "Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of B<debian/patches/debian-"
18058 "changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic patch generated during "
18059 "build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is particularly useful when the "
18060 "package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set can't reliably be generated. "
18061 "Instead the current diff with upstream should be stored in a single patch. "
18062 "The option would be put in B<debian/source/local-options> and would be "
18063 "accompanied by a B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the "
18064 "Debian changes can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used."
18069 msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>"
18075 "Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and "
18076 "if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This "
18077 "option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of "
18078 "multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software."
18084 msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>"
18085 msgstr "B<822-date>"
18090 "By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the B<--"
18091 "after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> (B<--unapply-"
18092 "patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.16.5). "
18093 "Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch "
18094 "unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in B<debian/source/"
18095 "local-options> so that all generated source packages have the same behavior "
18102 "The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg "
18103 "1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly "
18104 "recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package build. "
18105 "This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be used in "
18106 "B<debian/source/local-options>."
18112 msgid "B<--auto-commit>"
18113 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
18118 "The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead "
18119 "it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series."
18124 msgid "B<Extract options>"
18130 "Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since "
18137 msgid "B<--skip-patches>"
18138 msgstr "B<822-date>"
18143 msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)."
18144 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
18148 msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)"
18154 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent "
18155 "a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with "
18162 "All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated "
18163 "source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current "
18164 "directory. At least one file must be given."
18170 msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>"
18171 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
18176 "B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The "
18177 "generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not "
18183 msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)"
18188 msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental."
18194 "A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git "
18195 "repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a B<."
18196 "gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone."
18202 "The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there "
18203 "is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned "
18210 "Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked "
18211 "out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “main”, but it "
18212 "could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under I<remotes/"
18219 "Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have "
18220 "any non-ignored uncommitted changes."
18226 "L<git-bundle(1)> is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By "
18227 "default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle."
18233 msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>"
18234 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
18239 "Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the "
18240 "default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified "
18241 "multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. "
18242 "It may also be any parameter that can be passed to L<git-rev-list(1)>. For "
18243 "example, to include only the main branch, use B<--git-ref=>main. To include "
18244 "all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use B<--git-ref=>--all "
18245 "B<--git-ref=>^private"
18251 #| msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
18252 msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>"
18253 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
18258 "Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of "
18264 msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)"
18270 "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a "
18271 "single tarball containing the bzr repository."
18277 "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch."
18283 "Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a "
18284 "temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a "
18285 "tarball, various cleanup are done to save space."
18290 msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format"
18296 "The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the "
18297 "desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed "
18298 "when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point "
18299 "in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't "
18306 "The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you "
18307 "should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) "
18308 "but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to "
18309 "continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” "
18310 "in B<debian/source/format>."
18315 msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files"
18321 "When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream "
18322 "files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the ."
18323 "diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the "
18324 "debian directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you "
18325 "can also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively."
18330 msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>"
18336 "Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all "
18337 "changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of "
18338 "plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different "
18339 "type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you "
18340 "will get this error message."
18345 msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff"
18351 "Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not "
18352 "recorded in the source package and you are warned about it."
18357 msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
18363 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable "
18364 "permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you "
18370 msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff"
18376 "Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions "
18377 "are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact."
18383 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to "
18384 "clamp the mtime in the L<tar(5)> file entries."
18388 #: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod
18390 msgid "Since dpkg 1.18.11."
18391 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
18405 msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules."
18411 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
18413 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
18418 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
18419 msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>"
18420 msgstr "B<DPKG_NEW_CONFFILE>"
18424 msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>"
18429 msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>"
18434 msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>"
18439 msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules."
18444 msgid "debian/source/format"
18450 "This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build "
18451 "the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or "
18452 "trailing spaces are allowed."
18458 msgid "debian/source/include-binaries"
18459 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18464 "This file contains a list of pathnames of binary files (one per line) "
18465 "relative to the source root directory that should be included in the debian "
18466 "tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. Lines starting with "
18467 "‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are ignored."
18473 msgid "debian/source/options"
18474 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18479 "This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically "
18480 "prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or "
18481 "B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and B<--"
18482 "compression-level> are well suited for this file."
18488 "Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines "
18489 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped "
18490 "and short options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the "
18491 "‘B<=>’ symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an "
18492 "example of such a file:"
18499 " # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n"
18500 " compression = \"bzip2\"\n"
18501 " compression-level = 9\n"
18502 " # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n"
18503 " single-debian-patch\n"
18504 " # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n"
18505 " extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n"
18512 "B<Note>: B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use "
18513 "B<debian/source/format> instead."
18519 msgid "debian/source/local-options"
18520 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18525 "Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included "
18526 "in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference "
18527 "tied to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is "
18534 msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header"
18535 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18540 msgid "debian/source/patch-header"
18541 msgstr "B<config-files>"
18546 "Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in "
18547 "formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in "
18548 "the generated source package while B<patch-header> is."
18553 msgid "debian/patches/I<vendor>.series"
18558 msgid "debian/patches/series"
18564 "This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on "
18565 "top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are "
18566 "stripped. The I<vendor> will be the lowercase name of the current vendor, "
18567 "or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the vendor-specific series "
18568 "file does not exist, the vendor-less series file will be used. Lines "
18569 "starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are "
18570 "ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to the "
18571 "B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end of "
18572 "line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the "
18573 "first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a "
18574 "comment up to the end of line)."
18580 "Examining untrusted source packages or extracting them into staging "
18581 "directories should be considered a security boundary, and any breakage of "
18582 "that boundary stemming from these operations should be considered a security "
18583 "vulnerability. But handling untrusted source packages should not be done "
18584 "lightly, as the surface area includes any compression command supported, "
18585 "commands to handle specific data formats (such as L<tar(1)> or L<patch(1)>) "
18586 "in addition to the source package formats and control files themselves. "
18587 "Performing these operations over untrusted data as root is strongly "
18593 msgid "Building source packages should only be performed over trusted data."
18599 "The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard "
18600 "output field settings is rather confused."
18607 "L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-changelog(5)>, L<deb-substvars(5)>, L<dsc(5)>."
18608 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
18612 msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool"
18618 msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>"
18619 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
18624 "B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and "
18625 "reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on "
18626 "small media such as floppy disks."
18632 "It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> "
18639 "It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it "
18640 "maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a "
18641 "package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and B<--"
18642 "discard> options allow the management of the queue."
18648 "All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages "
18649 "on standard output; these may safely be ignored."
18654 msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]"
18659 msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts."
18665 "The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part "
18666 "number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in "
18673 "If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, "
18674 "including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed."
18680 msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..."
18681 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
18686 "Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file "
18687 "as it was before it was split."
18693 "The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same "
18694 "original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument "
18695 "list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order."
18701 "The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size "
18702 "specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been "
18703 "generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>."
18708 msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process."
18714 "By default the output file is called I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<."
18721 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..."
18722 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
18727 "Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) "
18728 "specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message "
18729 "saying so instead (but still on standard output)."
18735 msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output> I<part>"
18736 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
18740 msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible."
18746 "The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same "
18747 "package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts."
18753 "If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available "
18754 "then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which "
18755 "should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)."
18761 "If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is "
18768 "If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit "
18769 "with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status "
18776 "The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If "
18777 "this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file "
18784 msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>"
18785 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
18789 msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled."
18795 "For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the "
18796 "name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes "
18797 "stored in the queue."
18803 msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]"
18804 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
18809 "This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts "
18810 "of their packages."
18816 "If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any "
18817 "are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted."
18822 msgid "B<--depotdir> I<directory>"
18828 "Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic "
18829 "reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%/parts>."
18835 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10). This "
18836 "is where the I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
18837 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
18843 "Set the root directory to B<directory> (since dpkg 1.21.10), which sets the "
18844 "installation directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
18845 "«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has not been set."
18851 msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>"
18852 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
18857 "Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 bytes). "
18858 "The default is 450 KiB."
18863 msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>"
18868 msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly."
18874 "This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is "
18875 "mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)."
18881 msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>"
18882 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
18887 "When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a "
18888 "message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This "
18889 "option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope "
18890 "with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages."
18901 "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be MSDOS-compatible."
18907 "This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename "
18908 "or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs "
18909 "are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded."
18915 "The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the "
18916 "form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated."
18922 "The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands "
18923 "count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts."
18929 "Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a "
18930 "binary package part."
18936 "Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that "
18937 "looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the "
18938 "system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc."
18944 "If set and B<--root> option has not been specified, it will be used as the "
18945 "filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
18951 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
18952 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory (since dpkg 1.21.10)."
18958 "If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the "
18959 "L<deb-split(5)>'s L<ar(5)> container."
18965 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>"
18966 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
18971 "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly."
18977 "The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to B<dpkg-"
18978 "split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any case the "
18979 "filename format should not be relied upon."
18985 "Examining or joining untrusted split package archives should be considered a "
18986 "security boundary, and any breakage of that boundary stemming from these "
18987 "operations should be considered a security vulnerability. Performing these "
18988 "operations over untrusted data as root is strongly discouraged."
18994 "Auto-accumulating and discarding split package parts are considered "
18995 "privileged operations that might allow root escalation. These operations "
18996 "must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on untrusted "
18997 "packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
19002 msgid "Splitting package archives should only be performed over trusted data."
19008 "Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without "
19009 "digging into the queue directory yourself."
19015 "There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package "
19022 msgid "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg(1)>."
19023 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
19026 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19027 msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files"
19031 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19033 msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>"
19034 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19037 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19039 "“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell L<dpkg(1)> to use a different owner or "
19040 "mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any filesystem "
19041 "object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, etc.). This "
19042 "can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be install without "
19043 "a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group."
19047 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19049 "B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It "
19050 "has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides."
19054 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19055 msgid "B<--add> I<user group mode path>"
19059 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19061 "Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist nor be known to "
19062 "B<dpkg> when this command is used; the override will be stored and used "
19063 "later. Users and groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> "
19064 "or B<nobody>), or by their number by prepending the number with a ‘B<#>’ "
19065 "(for example B<#0> or B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in "
19070 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19072 "If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the "
19073 "new owner and mode."
19077 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19079 msgid "B<--remove> I<path>"
19080 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
19083 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19085 "Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by "
19090 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19092 "List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to "
19093 "overrides which match the glob."
19097 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19099 msgid "B<--force-help>"
19100 msgstr "B<dpkg --force-help>"
19103 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19105 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
19106 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
19107 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>."
19110 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19112 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This is where the "
19113 "I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if "
19114 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
19118 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19120 msgid "B<--force->I<things>"
19121 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19124 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19126 msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>"
19127 msgstr "B<--force->I<things> | B<--no-force->I<things> | B<--refuse->I<things>"
19130 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19133 #| "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do "
19134 #| "some things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified "
19135 #| "below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked "
19136 #| "with (*) are forced by default."
19138 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
19139 "things (since dpkg 1.19.5). I<things> is a comma separated list of things "
19140 "specified below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. "
19141 "Things marked with (*) are forced by default."
19143 "Принудительно выполнять или же отказываться выполнять (B<no-force> и B<--"
19144 "refuse> означают одно и то же) те или иные вещи. I<things> -- это список "
19145 "через запятую элементов описанных далее). B<--force-help> выдает сообщение, "
19146 "описывающие их. Элементы, обозначенные звёздочкой (*), принудительно "
19147 "выполняются по умолчанию."
19150 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19153 #| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
19154 #| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
19157 "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
19158 "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
19161 "I<Предупреждение: Эти параметры предназначены только для использования "
19162 "экспертами. Использование без полного понимания их действия может нарушить "
19163 "работоспособность всей системы.>"
19166 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19169 msgstr "B<install>"
19172 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19174 msgid "Turns on (or off) all force options."
19175 msgstr "B<all>: Включить (или выключить) все принудительные параметры."
19178 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19180 msgid "B<statoverride-add>:"
19181 msgstr "deb-control"
19184 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19185 msgid "Overwrite an existing stat override when adding it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
19189 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19191 msgid "B<statoverride-remove>:"
19192 msgstr "deb-control"
19195 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19196 msgid "Ignore a missing stat override when removing it (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
19200 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19201 msgid "B<security-mac>(*):"
19205 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19207 "Use platform-specific Mandatory Access Controls (MAC) based security when "
19208 "installing files into the filesystem (since dpkg 1.19.5). On Linux systems "
19209 "the implementation uses SELinux."
19213 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19215 msgid "B<not-root>:"
19216 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
19219 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19221 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
19222 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root (since dpkg 1.21.8)."
19224 "B<not-root>: Попытаться установить или удалить пакет, даже если не нет прав "
19225 "суперпользователя."
19228 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod
19231 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19234 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19236 "Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This "
19237 "is necessary to override an existing override. This option is deprecated "
19238 "(since dpkg 1.19.5), it is replaced by B<--force-all>."
19242 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19244 msgid "B<--update>"
19245 msgstr "B<822-date>"
19248 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19250 "Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it exists."
19254 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19255 msgid "Be less verbose about what we do."
19259 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19261 "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob."
19265 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod
19267 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
19268 msgid "B<DPKG_FORCE>"
19269 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
19272 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19274 "If set and none of the B<--force->I<...> options have been specified, it "
19275 "will be used as the force options to use (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
19279 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19281 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>"
19282 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
19285 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19287 "File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is "
19288 "located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files "
19289 "important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>."
19293 #: dpkg-statoverride.pod
19295 "B<Note>: B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with "
19296 "extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one."
19300 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19301 msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility"
19305 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19307 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>"
19308 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19311 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19313 msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>"
19314 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19318 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19320 "B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its "
19321 "support on the running B<dpkg>."
19325 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19327 "This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations "
19328 "where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control "
19329 "file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing "
19330 "and by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be "
19331 "run by B<dpkg-trigger>)."
19335 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19336 msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>."
19340 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19341 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.14.17."
19345 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19347 msgid "B<--check-supported>"
19348 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19351 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19353 "Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a "
19354 "postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> "
19355 "with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better "
19356 "just to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>."
19360 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19362 "Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if "
19363 "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been set."
19367 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19369 msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>"
19370 msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
19373 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19375 "Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the "
19376 "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, "
19377 "naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by "
19382 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19384 msgid "B<--no-await>"
19385 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
19388 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19390 "This option arranges that the calling package I<T> (if any) need not await "
19391 "the processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I<I>, will not be "
19392 "added to I<T>'s trigger processing awaited list and I<T>'s status is "
19393 "unchanged. I<T> may be considered installed even though I<I> may not yet "
19394 "have processed the trigger."
19398 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19401 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
19404 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19406 "This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). If the "
19407 "interested package has declared a “noawait” directive, then this option will "
19408 "not be effective. It is currently the default behavior."
19412 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19414 msgid "B<--no-act>"
19415 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
19418 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19419 msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything."
19423 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
19425 "The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion "
19426 "command returned true."
19430 #: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod
19431 msgid "A check or assertion command returned false."
19435 #: dpkg-trigger.pod
19437 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<deb-triggers(5)>, B<%PKGDOCDIR%/spec/triggers.txt>."
19438 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
19442 msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors"
19448 msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>"
19449 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19454 "B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in "
19455 "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains "
19456 "information about the current vendor."
19461 msgid "This program was introduced in dpkg 1.15.1."
19467 msgid "B<--is> I<vendor>"
19468 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
19473 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with "
19480 msgid "B<--derives-from> I<vendor>"
19481 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
19486 "Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of "
19487 "I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse "
19488 "all ancestors of the current vendor."
19494 msgid "B<--query> I<field>"
19495 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
19500 "Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the "
19507 msgid "B<--vendor> I<vendor>"
19508 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
19513 "Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the "
19514 "B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>."
19520 msgid "L<deb-origin(5)>."
19521 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
19525 msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file"
19531 "This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single "
19532 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg "
19533 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
19534 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
19535 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
19539 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
19541 #| msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19542 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
19543 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19546 #: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod
19547 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19548 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19553 msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>"
19554 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
19558 msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian"
19559 msgstr "dpkg -- менеджер пакетов Debian"
19564 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
19565 msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>"
19566 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
19571 msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ"
19576 "This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command "
19577 "line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg "
19580 "Это руководство предназначено для пользователей, желающих более подробно "
19581 "ознакомиться с параметрами командной строки B<dpkg> и состояниями пакетов: "
19582 "здесь это описано более детально, чем в B<dpkg --help>."
19587 "It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how "
19588 "B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does "
19589 "when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate."
19591 "Это руководство I<не> следует использовать сопровождающим пакетов, которые "
19592 "хотят понять, как B<dpkg> будет устанавливать их пакеты. Описание того, что "
19593 "делает B<dpkg> при установке и удалении пакетов особенно не полно."
19599 "B<dpkg> is a medium-level tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian "
19600 "packages. The primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> as a CLI "
19601 "(command-line interface) is L<apt(8)> and as a TUI (terminal user interface) "
19602 "is L<aptitude(8)>. B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line "
19603 "parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more options. "
19604 "The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control the "
19605 "behavior of the action in some way."
19607 "B<dpkg> -- это инструмент для установки, создания, удаления и управления "
19608 "пакетами Debian. Основная и более простая оболочка для B<dpkg> -- это "
19609 "B<dselect>(8). B<dpkg> полностью управляется параметрами командной строки, "
19610 "которые состоят из одного действия и нуля или более параметров. Действие "
19611 "говорит B<dpkg> что ему нужно сделать, а параметры управляют выполнением "
19617 "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-"
19618 "query(1)>. The list of supported actions can be found later on in the "
19619 "B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs "
19620 "B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no "
19621 "specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the "
19622 "back-ends need to be called directly."
19627 msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES"
19628 msgstr "ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ"
19633 "B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The "
19634 "information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and "
19635 "B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>."
19637 "B<dpkg> управляет некоторой полезной информацией о доступных пакетах. Эта "
19638 "информация делится на три класса: B<состояния>, B<выбранные состояния> и "
19639 "B<флаги>. Предполагается, что в большинстве случаев эта информация "
19640 "изменяется с помощью B<dselect>."
19644 msgid "Package states"
19649 msgid "B<not-installed>"
19650 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
19654 msgid "The package is not installed on your system."
19655 msgstr "Пакет в системе не установлен."
19659 msgid "B<config-files>"
19660 msgstr "B<config-files>"
19665 #| msgid "Only the configuration files of the package exist on the system."
19667 "Only the configuration files or the B<postrm> script and the data it needs "
19668 "to remove of the package exist on the system."
19669 msgstr "В системе остались только конфигурационные файлы пакета."
19673 msgid "B<half-installed>"
19674 msgstr "B<half-installed>"
19679 "The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some "
19681 msgstr "Установка пакета была запущена, но не закончена по какой-либо причине."
19685 msgid "B<unpacked>"
19686 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
19690 msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
19691 msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен."
19695 msgid "B<half-configured>"
19696 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
19701 "The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet "
19702 "completed for some reason."
19704 "Пакет распакован и настройка была запущена, но пока ещё не завершена по "
19705 "какой-либо причине."
19709 msgid "B<triggers-awaited>"
19714 msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package."
19719 msgid "B<triggers-pending>"
19725 msgid "The package has been triggered."
19726 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
19730 msgid "B<installed>"
19731 msgstr "B<installed>"
19736 #| msgid "The package is unpacked and configured OK."
19737 msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured."
19738 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
19742 msgid "Package selection states"
19748 msgstr "B<install>"
19752 msgid "The package is selected for installation."
19753 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
19763 "A package marked to be on B<hold> is kept on the same version, that is, no "
19764 "automatic new installs, upgrades or removals will be performed on them, "
19765 "unless these actions are requested explicitly, or are permitted to be done "
19766 "automatically with the B<--force-hold> option."
19771 msgid "B<deinstall>"
19772 msgstr "B<deinstall>"
19777 "The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all "
19778 "files, except configuration files)."
19780 "Пакет выбран для удаления (т.е. будут удалены все файлы, кроме "
19781 "конфигурационных)."
19792 #| "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything, "
19793 #| "even configuration files)."
19795 "The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from "
19796 "system directories, even configuration files)."
19798 "Пакет выбран для полной очистки (т.е. будут удалены абсолютно все файлы, "
19799 "включая конфигурационные)."
19809 "The package selection is unknown. A package that is also in a B<not-"
19810 "installed> state, and with an B<ok> flag will be forgotten in the next "
19816 msgid "Package flags"
19827 "A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further "
19834 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
19835 msgid "B<reinstreq>"
19836 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
19842 #| "A package marked B<reinst-required> is broken and requires "
19843 #| "reinstallation. These packages cannot be removed, unless forced with "
19844 #| "option B<--force-remove-reinstreq>."
19846 "A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These "
19847 "packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option B<--force-remove-"
19850 "Пакет, помеченный как B<reinst-required>, является сломанным и требует "
19851 "переустановки. Такие пакеты не могут быть удалены, пока не указан параметр "
19852 "B<--force-reinstreq>."
19862 msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..."
19863 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19869 #| "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
19870 #| "I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
19872 "Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, "
19873 "I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19875 "Установить заданный пакет. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то "
19876 "вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог."
19880 msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:"
19881 msgstr "Установка состоит из следующих шагов:"
19886 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
19887 msgid "Extract the control files of the new package."
19888 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
19894 #| "B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19895 #| "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
19897 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19898 "installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package."
19900 "B<2.> Если другая версия этого пакета была установлена ранее, то запускается "
19901 "сценарий I<prerm> из старого пакета."
19906 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
19907 msgid "Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package."
19908 msgstr "B<3.> Запускается сценарий I<preinst>, если он есть в пакете."
19914 #| "B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, "
19915 #| "so that if something goes wrong, they can be restored."
19917 "Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so that if "
19918 "something goes wrong, they can be restored."
19920 "B<4.> Распаковываются новые файлы, в тоже самое время сохраняя старые, чтобы "
19921 "если что-то пойдет не так, можно было их восстановить."
19927 #| "B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19928 #| "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
19929 #| "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
19930 #| "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
19932 "If another version of the same package was installed before the new "
19933 "installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that "
19934 "this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, "
19935 "because new files are written at the same time old files are removed."
19937 "B<5.> Если ранее была установлена другая версия этого пакета, то запускается "
19938 "сценарий I<postrm> для старого пакета. Заметим, что этот сценарий "
19939 "запускается после сценария I<preinst> нового пакета, потому что новые файлы "
19940 "записываются в то же самое время, когда удаляются старые."
19946 #| "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
19947 #| "about how this is done."
19949 "Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information about "
19950 "how this is done."
19952 "B<6.> Настройка пакета. Смотрите описание B<--configure>, где приведена "
19953 "подробная информация об этом шаге."
19958 msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..."
19959 msgstr "B<dpkg --unpack> I<имя файла пакета>..."
19965 #| "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19966 #| "option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
19968 "Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
19969 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
19971 "Распаковать пакет, но не настраивать. Если указан параметр B<--recursive> "
19972 "или B<--R>, то вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог."
19977 "Will process triggers for B<Pre-Depends> unless B<--no-triggers> has been "
19984 msgid "B<--configure> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
19985 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
19991 #| "Reconfigure an unpacked package. If B<-a> or B<--pending> is given "
19992 #| "instead of I<package>, all unpacked but unconfigured packages are "
19995 "Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If B<-"
19996 "a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but "
19997 "unconfigured packages are configured."
19999 "Повторно настроить распакованный пакет. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан "
20000 "параметр B<-a> или B<--pending>, то все распакованные, но не настроенные "
20001 "пакеты будут настроены."
20006 "To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the L<dpkg-"
20007 "reconfigure(8)> command instead (which is part of the B<debconf> project)."
20012 msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:"
20013 msgstr "Настройка состоит из следующих шагов:"
20019 "Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, so "
20020 "that they can be restored if something goes wrong."
20022 "B<1.> Распаковка конфигурационных файлов, в то же самое время сохраняя "
20023 "старые конфигурационные файлы, чтобы можно было восстановить их, если что-то "
20029 #| msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
20030 msgid "Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package."
20031 msgstr "B<2.> Запуск сценария I<postinst>, если он есть в пакете."
20035 msgid "Will process triggers unless B<--no-triggers> has been specified."
20041 msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
20042 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
20047 "Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be "
20048 "processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will "
20049 "be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may "
20050 "leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
20051 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
20057 msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
20059 "B<dpkg -r> | B<--remove> | B<-P> | B<--purge> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | "
20065 "Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles and "
20066 "other data cleaned up by the I<postrm> script, which may avoid having to "
20067 "reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later (conffiles are "
20068 "configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control "
20069 "file). If there is no I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file nor I<DEBIAN/postrm> "
20070 "script, this command is equivalent to calling B<--purge>. If B<-a> or B<--"
20071 "pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, but "
20072 "marked to be removed in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed."
20077 msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
20078 msgstr "Удаление пакета состоит из следующих шагов:"
20083 #| msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script"
20084 msgid "Run I<prerm> script."
20085 msgstr "B<1.> Запуск сценария I<prerm>"
20090 #| msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files"
20091 msgid "Remove the installed files."
20092 msgstr "B<2.> Удаление установленных фалов"
20097 #| msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
20098 msgid "Run I<postrm> script."
20099 msgstr "B<3.> Запуск сценария I<postrm>"
20104 msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>"
20105 msgstr "B<dpkg --configure> I<имя пакета> ... | B<-a> | B<--pending>"
20110 "Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, "
20111 "including conffiles, and anything else cleaned up from I<postrm>. If B<-a> "
20112 "or B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages "
20113 "unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, "
20121 "B<Note>: Some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they "
20122 "are created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In "
20123 "that case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> "
20124 "script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal "
20125 "during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, "
20126 "not configuration files written to individual users' home directories."
20128 "Удалить установленный пакет. Если указан параметр B<-r> или B<--remove> то "
20129 "удаляется всё, кроме конфигурационных файлов. Это позволяет избежать "
20130 "переконфигурации пакета, если он будет повторно установлен у будущем. "
20131 "(Конфигурационные файлы -- это те, что указаны в управляющем файле I<debian/"
20132 "confiles>). Если указан параметр B<-P> или B<--purge> то удаляется всё, "
20133 "включая конфигурационные файлы. Если вместо I<имени пакета> задан параметр "
20134 "B<-a> или B<--pending,> то все распакованные пакеты, но отмеченные в файле "
20135 "I<%ADMINDIR%/status> для удаления или полной очистки, соответственно, "
20136 "удаляются или полностью очищаются."
20141 #| msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:"
20142 msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:"
20143 msgstr "Удаление пакета состоит из следующих шагов:"
20149 #| "B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information "
20150 #| "about how this is done."
20152 "Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for detailed "
20153 "information about how this is done."
20155 "B<6.> Настройка пакета. Смотрите описание B<--configure>, где приведена "
20156 "подробная информация об этом шаге."
20161 msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]"
20162 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
20167 "Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by "
20168 "comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files "
20169 "metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). "
20170 "The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary "
20171 "packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time "
20172 "during the installation process."
20178 "Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of "
20179 "the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will "
20180 "only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any "
20181 "missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used. This "
20182 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
20183 "security verification."
20189 "The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by "
20190 "default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as "
20191 "such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the "
20192 "format they expect."
20198 msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]"
20199 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
20204 "Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all "
20205 "packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, "
20206 "searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system "
20207 "or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will "
20208 "suggest what to do with them to get them fixed."
20214 msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
20215 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I <файл Packages>"
20220 msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]"
20221 msgstr "B<dpkg --update-avail> | B<--merge-avail> I <файл Packages>"
20227 #| "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
20228 #| "With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with "
20229 #| "information from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old "
20230 #| "information is replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The "
20231 #| "I<Packages-file> distributed with Debian is simply named I<Packages>. "
20232 #| "B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
20234 "Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. "
20235 "With action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information "
20236 "from I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is "
20237 "replaced with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> "
20238 "distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the I<Packages-"
20239 "file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read from standard "
20240 "input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of available packages "
20241 "in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
20243 "Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах. Действие B<--"
20244 "merge-avail> комбинирует старую информацию с информацией из I<файла "
20245 "Packages>. Действие B<--update-avail> перезаписывает старую информацию "
20246 "информацией из I<файла Packages>. I<Файл Packages> распространяется с Debian "
20247 "под именем I<Packages>. B<dpkg> хранит информацию о доступных пакетах в "
20248 "файле I<%ADMINDIR%/available>."
20253 "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is "
20254 "B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use "
20255 "B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track "
20256 "of available packages."
20262 msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..."
20263 msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<имя файла пакета> ..."
20269 #| "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
20270 #| "information from the package I<package_file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
20271 #| "option is specified, I<package_file> must refer to a directory instead."
20273 "Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with "
20274 "information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> "
20275 "option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead."
20277 "Обновить информацию B<dpkg> и B<dselect> о доступных пакетах информацией из "
20278 "пакета I<имя файла пакета>. Если задан параметр B<--recursive> или B<-R>, то "
20279 "вместо I<имени файла пакета> должен быть указан каталог."
20284 msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>"
20285 msgstr "B<dpkg --forget-old-unavail>"
20290 "Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled "
20291 "unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain "
20292 "user information such as package selections."
20298 msgid "B<--clear-avail>"
20299 msgstr "B<dpkg --clear-avail>"
20303 msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available."
20304 msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны."
20309 msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]"
20310 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
20316 "Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, "
20317 "non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will "
20320 "Получить список выбранных пакетов и вывести его в стандартный выходной поток."
20323 #: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod
20325 msgid "B<--set-selections>"
20326 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
20332 #| "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
20333 #| "the format 'E<lt>packageE<gt> E<lt>stateE<gt>', where state is one of "
20334 #| "install, hold, deinstall or purge. Blank lines and comment lines "
20335 #| "beginning with '#' are also permitted."
20337 "Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in "
20338 "the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, "
20339 "B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with "
20340 "‘B<#>’ are also permitted."
20342 "Установить список выбранных пакетов, принимая его со стандартного ввода. "
20343 "Этот файл должен быть в формате 'E<lt>пакетE<gt> E<lt>состояниеE<gt>', где "
20344 "состоянием может быть install, hold, deinstall или purge. Допускаются пустые "
20345 "строки и строки комментариев (начинающиеся с #)."
20350 "The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, "
20351 "otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the B<--"
20352 "update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information."
20358 msgid "B<--clear-selections>"
20359 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
20364 "Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since "
20365 "dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before B<--set-"
20366 "selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to B<--set-"
20373 msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>"
20374 msgstr "B<dpkg --yet-to-unpack>"
20379 "Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason "
20380 "still haven't been installed."
20382 "Найти пакеты, выбранные для установки, но по какой-то причине ещё не "
20388 "B<Note>: This command makes use of both the available file and the package "
20395 msgid "B<--predep-package>"
20396 msgstr "B<unpacked>"
20401 "Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant pre-"
20402 "dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies."
20408 "If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can "
20409 "be massaged as appropriate."
20415 "Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available "
20422 msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>"
20423 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20428 "Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be "
20429 "installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The "
20430 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
20431 "architecture>) is always part of that list."
20437 msgid "B<--remove-architecture> I<architecture>"
20438 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20443 "Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can "
20444 "be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If "
20445 "the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will "
20446 "be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The "
20447 "architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-"
20448 "architecture>) can never be removed from that list."
20454 msgid "B<--print-architecture>"
20455 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20460 msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)."
20462 "Показать архитектуру устанавливаемых пакетов с помощью dpkg (например, "
20468 msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>"
20469 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20474 "Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is "
20475 "configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
20481 msgid "B<--assert-help>"
20482 msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
20487 #| msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
20488 msgid "Give help about the B<--assert->I<feature> options (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
20489 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>."
20494 msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>"
20495 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
20500 "Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the "
20501 "feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot "
20502 "provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current "
20503 "list of assertable features is:"
20508 msgid "B<support-predepends>"
20513 msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)."
20518 msgid "B<working-epoch>"
20523 msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)."
20529 #| msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
20530 msgid "B<long-filenames>"
20531 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
20536 msgid "Supports long filenames in L<deb(5)> archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)."
20537 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20542 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
20543 msgid "B<multi-conrep>"
20544 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
20548 msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)."
20554 msgid "B<multi-arch>"
20555 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
20559 msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)."
20565 msgid "B<versioned-provides>"
20566 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
20570 msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)."
20576 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
20577 msgid "B<protected-field>"
20578 msgstr "B<config-files>"
20583 msgid "Supports the B<Protected> field (since dpkg 1.20.1)."
20584 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20589 msgid "B<--validate->I<thing> I<string>"
20590 msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
20595 "Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg "
20596 "1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is "
20597 "invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is "
20598 "invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:"
20610 msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20611 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20616 msgid "B<trigname>"
20617 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
20622 msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20623 msgstr "Проект Debian"
20628 msgid "B<archname>"
20634 msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20635 msgstr "Проект Debian"
20641 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
20646 msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)."
20647 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
20652 msgid "B<--compare-versions> I<ver1> I<op> I<ver2>"
20653 msgstr "B<dpkg --compare-versions> I<ver1 op ver2>"
20659 #| "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> "
20660 #| "returns success (zero result) if the specified condition is satisfied, "
20661 #| "and failure (nonzero result) otherwise. There are two groups of "
20662 #| "operators, which differ in how they treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. "
20663 #| "These treat an empty version as earlier than any version: B<lt le eq ne "
20664 #| "ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later than any version: B<lt-nl "
20665 #| "le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for compatibility with "
20666 #| "control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>."
20668 "Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns "
20669 "true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) "
20670 "otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they "
20671 "treat an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier "
20672 "than any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as "
20673 "later than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only "
20674 "for compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = "
20675 "E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete "
20676 "and should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 "
20677 "E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true."
20679 "Сравнить номера версий, используя I<op> в качестве бинарного оператора. "
20680 "B<dpkg> возвращает код успешного завершения (нуль), если указанное условие "
20681 "удовлетворяется, или неудачу (не-нуль) в противном случае. Есть две группы "
20682 "операторов, которые работают по-разному при отсутствующем параметре I<ver1> "
20683 "или I<ver2>. Операторы B<lt le eq ne ge gt> считают отсутствующий номер "
20684 "версии более ранним, чем любой другой. Операторы B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl> "
20685 "считают отсутствующий номер версии более поздним, чем любой другой. "
20686 "Операторы B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>> используются "
20687 "только для совместимости с синтаксисом файла control."
20697 msgid "B<--command-fd> I<n>"
20698 msgstr "B<dpkg --command-fd E<lt>nE<gt>>"
20702 msgid "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>."
20709 "B<Note>: Additional options set on the command line, and through this file "
20710 "descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same "
20713 "Принимает серию команд из входного файлового дескриптора B<E<lt>nE<gt>>. "
20714 "Замечание: дополнительные параметры, заданные в командной строке, а также "
20715 "через этот дескриптор, не сбрасываются для последующих команд, выполняющихся "
20716 "далее в этом запуске."
20720 msgid "Display a brief help message."
20721 msgstr "Вывести небольшую подсказку."
20725 msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options."
20726 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах B<--force->I<что-нибудь>."
20731 msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>"
20732 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
20736 msgid "Give help about debugging options."
20737 msgstr "Вывести подсказку о параметрах отладки."
20741 msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information."
20742 msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
20747 "When used with B<--robot>, the output will be the program version number in "
20748 "a dotted numerical format, with no newline."
20754 msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>"
20755 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
20760 #| msgid "See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions."
20762 "See L<dpkg-deb(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
20763 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
20765 "Смотрите B<dpkg-deb>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих "
20771 msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]"
20772 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
20777 msgid "Build a deb package."
20778 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
20783 #| msgid "List of available packages."
20784 msgid "List contents of a deb package."
20785 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
20790 msgid "Extract control-information from a package."
20791 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20796 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20797 msgid "Extract the files contained by package."
20798 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20802 msgid "Extract and display the filenames contained by a package."
20808 msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]"
20809 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
20814 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20815 msgid "Display control field(s) of a package."
20816 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20821 #| msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package."
20822 msgid "Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package."
20823 msgstr "B<1.> Извлечение управляющих файлов нового пакета."
20827 msgid "Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package."
20833 msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]"
20834 msgstr "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> -B<-B> [I<файл control>]"
20839 msgid "Show information about a package."
20840 msgstr "Очистить имеющуюся информацию о том, какие пакеты доступны."
20845 msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>"
20846 msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
20852 #| "See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions."
20854 "See L<dpkg-query(1)> for more information about the following actions, and "
20855 "other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end."
20857 "Смотрите B<dpkg-query>(1) для более подробной информации о нижеследующих "
20863 msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>..."
20864 msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
20868 msgid "List packages matching given pattern."
20874 msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..."
20875 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
20879 msgid "Report status of specified package."
20884 msgid "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>."
20889 msgid "Search for a filename from installed packages."
20895 msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..."
20896 msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>"
20901 "Display details about I<package-name>, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. "
20902 "Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead."
20909 #| "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
20910 #| "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Each line in the "
20911 #| "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command "
20912 #| "line option but without leading dashes) or a comment (if it starts with a "
20915 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> "
20916 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names "
20917 "matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory "
20918 "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either "
20919 "an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading "
20920 "hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)."
20922 "Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в "
20923 "конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в "
20924 "конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в "
20925 "командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если "
20926 "начинается с B<#>)."
20930 msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>"
20931 msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
20936 msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50."
20938 "Задать количество ошибок после которого dpkg аварийно завершится. По "
20944 msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20945 msgstr "B<-B>|B<--auto-deconfigure>"
20950 "When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed "
20951 "package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause "
20952 "automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed "
20955 "При удалении пакета есть вероятность, что есть другой установленный пакет "
20956 "зависящий от удаляемого пакета. Указание этого параметра приведёт к "
20957 "автоматической деконфигурации пакета, который зависит от удаляемого пакета."
20962 msgid "B<-D>I<octal>, B<--debug=>I<octal>"
20963 msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
20969 "Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-ORing desired values "
20970 "together from the list below (note that these values may change in future "
20971 "releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values."
20973 "Включить отладку. I<octal> -- это восьмеричное число, сформированное побитно "
20974 "из нижеуказанных битовых масок, (заметим, что эти величины могут быть "
20975 "изменены в следующих версиях). Параметры B<-Dh> или B<--debug-help> выводят "
20976 "эти отладочные значения."
20982 " Number Description\n"
20983 " 1 Generally helpful progress information\n"
20984 " 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n"
20985 " 10 Output for each file processed\n"
20986 " 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n"
20987 " 20 Output for each configuration file\n"
20988 " 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n"
20989 " 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n"
20990 " 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n"
20991 " 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n"
20992 " 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n"
20993 " 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n"
20994 " 1000 Lots of drivel about for example the dpkg/info dir\n"
20995 " 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n"
20999 " 1 Основная полезная информация по ходу выполнения\n"
21000 " 2 Вызов и состояния скриптов поддержки\n"
21001 " 10 Вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n"
21002 " 100 Подробный вывод по каждому обработанному файлу\n"
21003 " 20 Вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n"
21004 " 200 Подробный вывод по каждому конфигурационному файлу\n"
21005 " 40 Зависимости и конфликты\n"
21006 " 400 Подробное освещение зависимостей и конфликтов\n"
21007 " 1000 Подробная ерунда, например о каталоге dpkg/info\n"
21008 " 2000 Невероятное количество ерунды\n"
21013 "Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some "
21014 "things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified below. B<--"
21015 "force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked with (*) are "
21016 "forced by default."
21018 "Принудительно выполнять или же отказываться выполнять (B<no-force> и B<--"
21019 "refuse> означают одно и то же) те или иные вещи. I<things> -- это список "
21020 "через запятую элементов описанных далее). B<--force-help> выдает сообщение, "
21021 "описывающие их. Элементы, обозначенные звёздочкой (*), принудительно "
21022 "выполняются по умолчанию."
21026 msgid "B<downgrade>(*):"
21033 #| "B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is "
21034 #| "already installed."
21035 msgid "Install a package, even if newer version of it is already installed."
21037 "B<downgrade>(*): Установить пакет, даже если уже установлена его более новая "
21044 #| "I<Warning: At present dpkg does not do any dependency checking on "
21045 #| "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
21046 #| "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
21047 #| "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
21048 #| "unusable. Use with care.>"
21050 "B<Warning>: At present B<dpkg> does not do any dependency checking on "
21051 "downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the "
21052 "dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, "
21053 "downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system "
21054 "unusable. Use with care."
21056 "I<Предупреждение: На данный момент dpkg не выполняет проверку зависимостей "
21057 "при переходе на более старую версию и поэтому не предупредит если это "
21058 "поломает зависимости с остальными пакетами. Это может иметь серьёзные "
21059 "последствия: замена на более старую версию системных компонентов первой "
21060 "необходимости может привести к полной неработоспособности системы. "
21061 "Использовать осторожно.>"
21066 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
21067 msgid "B<configure-any>:"
21068 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
21074 #| "B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages "
21075 #| "on which the current package depends."
21077 "Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on which the current "
21080 "B<configure-any>: Настроить также все распакованные, но ненастроенные "
21081 "пакеты, от которых зависит текущий пакет."
21093 "Allow automatic installs, upgrades or removals of packages even when marked "
21094 "to be on “hold”. B<Note>: When these actions are requested explicitly, the "
21095 "“hold” package selection state always gets ignored."
21101 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
21102 msgid "B<remove-reinstreq>:"
21103 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
21109 #| "B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to "
21110 #| "require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package "
21111 #| "to remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
21113 "Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to require reinstallation. "
21114 "This may, for example, cause parts of the package to remain on the system, "
21115 "which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>."
21117 "B<remove-reinstreq>: Удалить пакет, даже если он сломан и отмечен как "
21118 "требующий переустановки. Это может, например, привести к тому, что части "
21119 "пакета останутся в системе, а B<dpkg> про них забудет."
21124 msgid "B<remove-protected>:"
21125 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
21131 #| "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
21132 #| "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
21133 #| "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
21135 "Remove, even if the package is considered protected (since dpkg 1.20.1). "
21136 "Protected packages contain mostly important system boot infrastructure or "
21137 "are used for custom system-local meta-packages. Removing them might cause "
21138 "the whole system to be unable to boot or lose required functionality to "
21139 "operate, so use with caution."
21141 "B<remove-essential>: Удалить, даже если это пакет первой необходимости "
21142 "(имеет приоритет \"Essential\"). Эти пакеты в основном содержат базовые "
21143 "команды Unix. Удаление такого пакета может привести к потере "
21144 "работоспособности системы, так что используйте данный параметр осторожно."
21149 #| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
21150 msgid "B<remove-essential>:"
21151 msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
21157 #| "B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered essential. "
21158 #| "Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix commands. Removing them "
21159 #| "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
21161 "Remove, even if the package is considered essential. Essential packages "
21162 "contain mostly very basic Unix commands, required for the packaging system, "
21163 "for the operation of the system in general or during boot (although the "
21164 "latter should be converted to protected packages instead). Removing them "
21165 "might cause the whole system to stop working, so use with caution."
21167 "B<remove-essential>: Удалить, даже если это пакет первой необходимости "
21168 "(имеет приоритет \"Essential\"). Эти пакеты в основном содержат базовые "
21169 "команды Unix. Удаление такого пакета может привести к потере "
21170 "работоспособности системы, так что используйте данный параметр осторожно."
21175 #| msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
21176 msgid "B<depends>:"
21177 msgstr "B<Pre-Depends:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
21182 #| msgid "B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings."
21184 "Turn all dependency problems into warnings. This affects the B<Pre-Depends> "
21185 "and B<Depends> fields."
21186 msgstr "B<depends>: Превратить проблемы с зависимостями в предупреждения."
21191 #| msgid "B<dpkg --version>"
21192 msgid "B<depends-version>:"
21193 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
21199 #| "B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies."
21201 "Don't care about versions when checking dependencies. This affects the "
21202 "B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields."
21204 "B<depends-version>: Не обращать внимание на версии при проверке зависимостей."
21214 "Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg 1.14.6). This "
21215 "affects the B<Breaks> field."
21221 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
21222 msgid "B<conflicts>:"
21223 msgstr "B<config-files>"
21229 #| "B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is "
21230 #| "dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files."
21232 "Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is dangerous, for "
21233 "it will usually cause overwriting of some files. This affects the "
21234 "B<Conflicts> field."
21236 "B<conflicts>: Установить, даже если пакет конфликтует с другим пакетом. Это "
21237 "опасно, так как обычно приводит к перезаписи некоторых файлов."
21242 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
21243 msgid "B<confmiss>:"
21244 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
21250 "Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is dangerous, "
21251 "since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the file."
21253 "B<confmiss>: Всегда устанавливать пропущенный конфигурационный файл. Это "
21254 "опасно, так как не будут сохранены изменения (удаление) файла."
21259 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
21260 msgid "B<confnew>:"
21261 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
21267 #| "B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified always install the new "
21268 #| "version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also "
21269 #| "specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
21271 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
21272 "always install the new version without prompting, unless the B<--force-"
21273 "confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
21275 "B<confnew>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, то всегда устанавливать "
21276 "новую версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--"
21277 "force-confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию."
21283 msgid "B<confold>:"
21290 #| "B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified always keep the old version "
21291 #| "without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in "
21292 #| "which case the default action is preferred."
21294 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
21295 "always keep the old version without prompting, unless the B<--force-confdef> "
21296 "is also specified, in which case the default action is preferred."
21298 "B<confold>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда сохранять старую "
21299 "версию без запроса подтверждения, если не задан также параметр B<--force-"
21300 "confdef>, при котором предпочтение отдаётся действию по умолчанию."
21305 #| msgid "B<half-configured>"
21306 msgid "B<confdef>:"
21307 msgstr "B<half-configured>"
21313 #| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
21314 #| "action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
21315 #| "B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which "
21316 #| "case it will use that to decide the final action."
21318 "If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package did change, "
21319 "always choose the default action without prompting. If there is no default "
21320 "action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-"
21321 "confold> is also given, in which case it will use that to decide the final "
21324 "B<confdef>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда выбирать действие "
21325 "по умолчанию. Если такового нет, то спросить у пользователя, если не задан "
21326 "параметр B<--force-confnew> или B<--force-confold> (в этом случае "
21327 "соответствующий параметр используется для выяснения, что именно нужно "
21333 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
21334 msgid "B<confask>:"
21335 msgstr "B<config-files>"
21341 #| "B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified always choose the default "
21342 #| "action. If there is no default action it will stop to ask the user unless "
21343 #| "B<--force-confnew> or B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which "
21344 #| "case it will use that to decide the final action."
21346 "If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with the version "
21347 "in the package, even if the version in the package did not change (since "
21348 "dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, B<--force-confold>, or B<--"
21349 "force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to decide the final action."
21351 "B<confdef>: Если конфигурационный файл был изменён, всегда выбирать действие "
21352 "по умолчанию. Если такового нет, то спросить у пользователя, если не задан "
21353 "параметр B<--force-confnew> или B<--force-confold> (в этом случае "
21354 "соответствующий параметр используется для выяснения, что именно нужно "
21360 msgid "B<overwrite>:"
21361 msgstr "deb-control"
21366 #| msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
21367 msgid "Overwrite one package's file with another's file."
21369 "B<overwrite>: Перезаписать файл из одного пакета файлом из другого пакета."
21374 msgid "B<overwrite-dir>:"
21375 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
21381 #| "B<overwrite-dir> Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
21382 msgid "Overwrite one package's directory with another's file."
21384 "B<overwrite-dir>: Перезаписать каталог из одного пакета файлом из другого."
21389 msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>:"
21390 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
21396 #| "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted "
21398 msgid "Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version."
21400 "B<overwrite-diverted>: Перезаписать файл с изменённым "
21401 "расположением(diverted) его неизменённой версией."
21405 msgid "B<unsafe-io>:"
21411 "Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg 1.15.8.6). "
21412 "Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before file renames, "
21413 "which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on some file "
21414 "systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the first place "
21415 "due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on abrupt system "
21422 "I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount "
21423 "option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and "
21424 "the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce "
21425 "zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs "
21426 "before atomic renames."
21432 "B<Warning>: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of "
21433 "losing data, use with care."
21438 msgid "B<script-chrootless>:"
21444 "Run maintainer scripts without L<chroot(2)>ing into B<instdir> even if the "
21445 "package does not support this mode of operation (since dpkg 1.18.5)."
21450 msgid "B<Warning>: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care."
21456 msgid "B<architecture>:"
21457 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
21462 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
21463 msgid "Process even packages with wrong or no architecture."
21464 msgstr "B<architecture>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты с неправильной архитектурой."
21469 msgid "B<bad-version>:"
21470 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
21475 #| msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with the wrong architecture."
21476 msgid "Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg 1.16.1)."
21477 msgstr "B<architecture>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты с неправильной архитектурой."
21481 msgid "B<bad-path>:"
21488 #| "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are "
21490 msgid "B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely."
21492 "B<bad-path>: В B<PATH> отсутствуют важные программы, поэтому могут "
21493 "возникнуть проблемы."
21498 #| msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root."
21499 msgid "Try to (de)install things even when not root."
21501 "B<not-root>: Попытаться установить или удалить пакет, даже если не нет прав "
21502 "суперпользователя."
21507 msgid "B<bad-verify>:"
21508 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
21514 #| "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
21515 msgid "Install a package even if it fails authenticity check."
21517 "B<bad-verify>: Устанавливать пакет, даже если он не прошёл проверку "
21522 msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..."
21523 msgstr "B<--ignore-depends>=I<пакет>,..."
21529 #| "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
21530 #| "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else)."
21532 "Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is "
21533 "performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else). This "
21534 "affects the B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends> and B<Breaks> fields."
21536 "Игнорировать проверку зависимостей для указанных пакетов (на самом деле, "
21537 "проверка выполняется, но выдаются только предупреждения о конфликтах и "
21543 msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>"
21544 msgstr "B<--no-act> | B<--dry-run> | B<--simulate>"
21549 "Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any changes. "
21550 "This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, without "
21551 "actually modifying anything."
21553 "Делать всё, что необходимо, но не записывать на диск изменения. Он "
21554 "используется для того, чтобы посмотреть, что произошло бы при выполнении "
21555 "указанного действия, но при этом ничего не меняется."
21561 #| "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end "
21562 #| "up with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will "
21563 #| "first purge package foo and then try to purge package --no-act, even "
21564 #| "though you probably expected it to actually do nothing)"
21566 "Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up "
21567 "with undesirable results (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first purge "
21568 "package “foo” and then try to purge package ”--no-act”, even though you "
21569 "probably expected it to actually do nothing)."
21571 "Убедитесь, что указали B<--no-act> перед действием, или у вас могут "
21572 "получиться нежелаемые результаты. (например, B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> "
21573 "сперва выполнит полное удаление пакета foo, а затем будет пытаться полностью "
21574 "удалить пакет --no-act, хотя вы ожидали, что ничего выполнено не будет)"
21579 msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>"
21580 msgstr "B<-R> | B<--recursive>"
21586 #| "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
21587 #| "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used "
21588 #| "with B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--avail> actions."
21590 "Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at "
21591 "specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with "
21592 "B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions."
21594 "Рекурсивная обработать все файлы, отвечающие шаблону B<*.deb>, которые "
21595 "найдены в заданных каталогах и во всех их подкаталогах. Этот параметр можно "
21596 "использовать вместе с действиями B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> и "
21603 "Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already "
21604 "installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>."
21606 "Не устанавливать пакет, если новая версия такого же пакета уже установлена. "
21607 "Это синоним параметра B<--refuse-downgrade>."
21612 "Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This directory contains "
21613 "many files that give information about status of installed or uninstalled "
21614 "packages, etc. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>» if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not been "
21621 msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
21622 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21628 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
21629 "are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to "
21630 "L<chroot(2)> before running package's installation scripts, which means that "
21631 "the scripts see B<instdir> as a root directory. Defaults to «I</>»."
21633 "Изменить каталоги по умолчанию. Каталог B<admindir> по умолчанию имеет "
21634 "значение B<%ADMINDIR%> и содержит много файлов, в которых даётся информация "
21635 "о состоянии установленных или удалённых пакетов и т.д. Каталог B<instdir> по "
21636 "умолчанию равен I</> и указывает каталог, куда будут устанавливаться пакеты. "
21637 "Он также передаётся функции B<chroot>(2) перед запуском сценария установки "
21638 "B<пакета> -- это означает, что сценарии будут считать B<instdir> корневым "
21639 "каталогом. Изменение каталога B<root> устанавливает каталог B<instdir> в "
21640 "значение B<dir>, а каталога B<admindir> -- в значение I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>."
21645 msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>"
21646 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
21651 "Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation "
21652 "directory to «I<dir>» and the administrative directory to "
21653 "«I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>»."
21659 msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>"
21660 msgstr "B<-O> | B<--selected-only>"
21665 "Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual "
21666 "marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. "
21667 "For example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for "
21670 "Обрабатывать только пакеты, выбранные для установки. Такой выбор делается "
21671 "программой B<dselect> или же самой программой B<dpkg> при работе с пакетами. "
21672 "Например, когда пакет удаляется, он будет помечен для удаления."
21677 msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>"
21678 msgstr "B<-E> | B<--skip-same-version>"
21684 #| "Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already "
21687 "Don't install the package if the same version and architecture of the "
21688 "package is already installed."
21690 "Не устанавливать пакет, если та же версия этого пакета уже установлена."
21695 "Since dpkg 1.21.10, the architecture is also taken into account, which makes "
21696 "it possible to cross-grade packages or install additional co-installable "
21697 "instances with the same version, but different architecture."
21702 msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>"
21707 msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>"
21713 "Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” before "
21714 "or after the B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, "
21715 "I<triggers-only>, I<remove> and I<purge> actions (since dpkg 1.15.4), and "
21716 "I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> actions (since dpkg "
21717 "1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple times. The order the "
21718 "options are specified is preserved, with the ones from the configuration "
21719 "files taking precedence. The environment variable B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is "
21720 "set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action."
21726 "The invoke hooks are not executed when B<--no-act> is specified, or when "
21727 "running as non-root without B<--force-not-root>."
21733 "B<Note>: Front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, which "
21734 "might run the hooks more times than expected."
21740 msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>"
21741 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21746 msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>"
21747 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21752 "Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including "
21753 "previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install "
21754 "(since dpkg 1.15.8)."
21760 "B<Warning>: Take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might "
21761 "completely break your system, use with caution."
21767 "The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches "
21768 "any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For "
21769 "example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As "
21770 "usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ "
21771 "starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and "
21772 "complementations. See L<glob(7)> for detailed information about globbing. "
21773 "B<Note>: The current implementation might re-include more directories and "
21774 "symlinks than needed, in particular when there is a more specific re-"
21775 "inclusion, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack failures; future "
21776 "work might fix this."
21782 "This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical "
21790 " --path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*\n"
21791 " --path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright\n"
21797 msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files."
21803 "These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each "
21804 "other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that "
21805 "matches a file name making the decision."
21811 "The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only "
21812 "have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal "
21813 "file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come "
21814 "next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to L<find(1)> "
21815 "filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object "
21816 "like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that "
21817 "pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the "
21818 "code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory "
21819 "will fail to unpack."
21824 msgid "B<Hint>: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell."
21830 msgid "B<--verify-format> I<format-name>"
21831 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
21835 msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
21841 "The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a "
21842 "line for every path that failed any check. These lines have the following "
21851 " B<missing > [B<c>] I<pathname> [B<(>I<error-message>B<)>]\n"
21852 " B<?M5??????> [B<c>] I<pathname>\n"
21859 "The first 9 characters are used to report the checks result, either a "
21860 "literal B<missing> when the file is not present or its metadata cannot be "
21861 "fetched, or one of the following special characters that report the result "
21873 "Implies the check could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc)."
21883 msgid "Implies the check passed."
21888 msgid "‘I<A-Za-z0-9>’"
21894 "Implies a specific check failed. The following positions and alphanumeric "
21895 "characters are currently supported:"
21905 msgid "These checks are currently not supported, will always be ‘B<?>’."
21916 "The file mode check failed (since dpkg 1.21.0). Because pathname metadata "
21917 "is currently not tracked, this check can only be partially emulated via a "
21918 "very simple heuristic for pathnames that have a known digest, which implies "
21919 "they should be regular files, where the check will fail if the pathname is "
21920 "not a regular file on the filesystem. This check will currently never "
21921 "succeed as it does not have enough information available."
21932 "The digest check failed, which means the file contents have changed. This "
21933 "is only an integrity check and should not be considered as any kind of "
21934 "security verification."
21945 "The line is followed by a space and an attribute character. The following "
21946 "attribute character is supported:"
21956 msgid "The pathname is a conffile."
21961 msgid "Finally followed by another space and the pathname."
21967 "In case the entry was of the B<missing> type, and the file was not actually "
21968 "present on the filesystem, then the line is followed by a space and the "
21969 "error message enclosed within parenthesis."
21975 msgid "B<--status-fd> I<n>"
21976 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
21981 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file "
21982 "descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The "
21983 "information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:"
21988 msgid "B<status:> I<package>B<:> I<status>"
21993 msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file."
21998 msgid "B<status:> I<package> B<: error :> I<extended-error-message>"
22004 "An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will "
22005 "be converted to spaces before output."
22011 "B<status:> I<file> B<: conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<'> "
22012 "I<useredited> I<distedited>"
22017 msgid "User is being asked a conffile question."
22022 msgid "B<processing:> I<stage>B<:> I<package>"
22028 "Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, "
22029 "B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
22030 "B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>."
22036 msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>"
22037 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
22042 "Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell "
22043 "I<command>'s standard input, to be run via “%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL% -c” (since "
22044 "dpkg 1.16.0). This option can be specified multiple times. The output "
22045 "format used is the same as in B<--status-fd>."
22051 "The status loggers are not executed when B<--no-act> is specified, or when "
22052 "running as non-root without B<--force-not-root>."
22057 msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>"
22058 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
22063 "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default "
22064 "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last "
22065 "filename is used. Log messages are of the form:"
22070 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>"
22076 "For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of "
22077 "B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, "
22078 "B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)."
22083 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>"
22088 msgid "For status change updates."
22094 "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-"
22101 "For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, "
22102 "B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>."
22107 msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>"
22112 msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>."
22119 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
22124 "Use a machine-readable output format. This provides an interface for "
22125 "programs that need to parse the output of some of the commands that do not "
22126 "otherwise emit a machine-readable output format. No localization will be "
22127 "used, and the output will be modified to make it easier to parse."
22132 msgid "The only currently supported command is B<--version>."
22137 msgid "B<--no-debsig>"
22138 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
22142 msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures."
22143 msgstr "Не пытаться проверять подпись пакета."
22148 msgid "B<--no-triggers>"
22149 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
22154 "Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations "
22155 "will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or B<--"
22156 "triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be run "
22157 "even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave "
22158 "packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> "
22159 "states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>."
22165 msgid "B<--triggers>"
22166 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
22170 msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
22183 "This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the "
22184 "system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not "
22185 "set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort."
22189 #: dpkg.pod dselect.pod
22191 #| msgid "B<SHELL>"
22198 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
22199 "specific configuration file."
22205 "If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary "
22206 "files and directories."
22213 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell, or "
22214 "when spawning a command via a shell."
22215 msgstr "Программа, которую запустит B<dpkg> при старте новой оболочки."
22220 "The program B<dpkg> will execute when running a pager, which will be "
22221 "executed with «B<$SHELL -c>», for example when displaying the conffile "
22222 "differences. If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<%DPKG_DEFAULT_SHELL%>» will be used "
22223 "instead. The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable "
22224 "(since dpkg 1.19.2)."
22230 "Sets the debug mask (since dpkg 1.21.10) from an octal value. The currently "
22231 "accepted flags are described in the B<--debug> option."
22237 "Sets the force flags (since dpkg 1.19.5). When this variable is present, no "
22238 "built-in force defaults will be applied. If the variable is present but "
22239 "empty, all force flags will be disabled."
22245 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, "
22246 "it will be used as the B<dpkg> administrative directory (since dpkg 1.20.0)."
22252 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22253 msgid "B<DPKG_FRONTEND_LOCKED>"
22254 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22259 "Set by a package manager frontend to notify dpkg that it should not acquire "
22260 "the frontend lock (since dpkg 1.19.1)."
22266 "Defined by B<dpkg> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning a "
22267 "pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable "
22268 "can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> "
22269 "or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with «B<-"
22270 "+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">."
22276 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which "
22277 "installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be "
22278 "prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal "
22279 "operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a "
22280 "different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using "
22281 "L<chroot(2)> and leaves this variable empty, but if B<--force-script-"
22282 "chrootless> is specified then the L<chroot(2)> call is skipped and "
22283 "B<instdir> is non-empty."
22289 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the "
22290 "B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable "
22291 "is always set to the current B<--admindir> value."
22297 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the subprocesses environment to all the currently "
22298 "enabled force option names separated by commas (since dpkg 1.19.5)."
22304 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22305 msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>"
22306 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22311 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
22312 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>."
22318 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22319 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>"
22320 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22325 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
22326 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile."
22332 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22333 msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>"
22334 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22339 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine "
22340 "the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile."
22346 #| msgid "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22347 msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>"
22348 msgstr "B<DPKG_OLD_CONFFILE>"
22353 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since "
22354 "dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action."
22359 msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>"
22365 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of "
22366 "the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
22372 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the (non-arch-"
22373 "qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)."
22379 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22380 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>"
22381 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22386 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package "
22387 "reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater "
22388 "than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)."
22394 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22395 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>"
22396 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22401 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture "
22402 "the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
22408 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22409 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>"
22410 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22415 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the "
22416 "script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since "
22423 #| msgid "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22424 msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>"
22425 msgstr "B<DPKG_NO_TSTP>"
22430 "Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ "
22431 "or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> "
22432 "option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)."
22438 #| msgid "Configuration file with default options."
22439 msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)."
22440 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
22444 msgid "Configuration file with default options."
22445 msgstr "Файл конфигурации с параметрами по умолчанию."
22449 msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>"
22450 msgstr "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>"
22456 #| "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>(5) and option B<--log>)."
22457 msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)."
22459 "Файл журнала по умолчанию (смотрите I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>(5) и параметр "
22465 "The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option "
22466 "B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files."
22468 "Остальные файлы перечислены с указанием их каталогов по умолчанию, смотрите "
22469 "параметр B<admindir>, чтобы узнать, как изменить местоположение этих файлов."
22473 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
22474 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
22478 msgid "List of available packages."
22479 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
22483 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
22484 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
22490 #| "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about "
22491 #| "whether a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed "
22492 #| "or not, etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
22494 "Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about "
22495 "whether a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or "
22496 "not, etc. See section L</INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info."
22498 "Состояния доступных пакетов. Этот файл содержит информацию о том, помечен ли "
22499 "пакет для удаления или нет, установлен он или нет, и т.д. Смотрите раздел "
22500 "B<ИНФОРМАЦИЯ О ПАКЕТАХ>, где приведена подробная информация."
22505 "The status file is backed up daily in I<%BACKUPSDIR%>. It can be useful if "
22506 "it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles."
22511 msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in L<deb(5)>."
22516 msgid "Filesystem filenames"
22522 "During unpacking and configuration B<dpkg> uses various filenames for backup "
22523 "and rollback purposes. The following is a simplified explanation of how "
22524 "these filenames get used during package installation."
22530 msgid "F<*.dpkg-new>"
22536 "During unpack, B<dpkg> extracts new filesystem objects into I<pathname>B<."
22537 "dpkg-new> (except for existing directories or symlinks to directories which "
22538 "get skipped), once that is done and after having performed backups of the "
22539 "old objects, the objects get renamed to I<pathname>."
22544 msgid "F<*.dpkg-tmp>"
22550 "During unpack, B<dpkg> makes backups of the old filesystem objects into "
22551 "I<pathname>B<.dpkg-tmp> after extracting the new objects. These backups are "
22552 "performed as either a rename for directories (but only if they switch file "
22553 "type), a new symlink copy for symlinks, or a hard link for any other "
22554 "filesystem object, except for conffiles which get no backups because they "
22555 "are processed at a later stage."
22561 "In case of needing to rollback, these backups get used to restore the "
22562 "previous contents of the objects. These get removed automatically after the "
22563 "installation is complete."
22568 msgid "F<*.dpkg-old>"
22574 "During configuration, when installing a new version, B<dpkg> can make a "
22575 "backup of the previous modified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-old>."
22581 msgid "F<*.dpkg-dist>"
22582 msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
22587 "During configuration, when keeping the old version, B<dpkg> can make a "
22588 "backup of the new unmodified conffile into I<pathname>B<.dpkg-dist>."
22594 "Any operation that needs write access to the database or the filesystem is "
22595 "considered a privileged operation that might allow root escalation. These "
22596 "operations must never be delegated to an untrusted user or be done on "
22597 "untrusted packages, as that might allow root access to the system."
22603 "Some operations (such as package verification) might need root privileges to "
22604 "be able to access files on the filesystem that would otherwise be "
22605 "inaccessible due to restricted permissions, but should otherwise work "
22606 "normally and produce appropriate messages in those cases."
22612 "See also the B<SECURITY> section of the L<dpkg-deb(1)> and L<dpkg-split(1)> "
22618 msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful."
22619 msgstr "B<--no-act> обычно дает меньше информации, чем могло бы быть полезным."
22624 "To list installed packages related to the editor L<vi(1)> (note that B<dpkg-"
22625 "query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and the "
22626 "B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):"
22633 " dpkg -l '*vi*'\n"
22635 msgstr " B<dpkg -l '*vi*'>"
22640 msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:"
22641 msgstr "Посмотреть записи о двух пакетах в файле B<%ADMINDIR%/available>:"
22647 " dpkg --print-avail vim neovim | less\n"
22649 msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
22653 msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:"
22654 msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:"
22660 " dpkg --print-avail | less\n"
22662 msgstr " B<dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less>"
22667 #| msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:"
22668 msgid "To remove an installed neovim package:"
22669 msgstr "Удалить установленный пакет elvis:"
22675 " dpkg -r neovim\n"
22677 msgstr " B<dpkg -r elvis>"
22683 #| "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. "
22684 #| "The \"available\" file shows that the vim package is in section "
22687 "To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or media "
22688 "disc. When using an archive based on a pool structure, knowing the archive "
22689 "area and the name of the package is enough to infer the pathname:"
22691 "Чтобы установить пакет, сначала нужно найти его в архиве или на CDROM. Файл "
22692 "\"available\" показывает, что пакет vim находится в секции \"editors\" "
22699 " dpkg -i /media/bdrom/pool/main/v/vim/vim_9.0.2018-1_amd64.deb\n"
22701 msgstr " B<cd /cdrom/hamm/hamm/binary/editors> B<dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb>"
22705 msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:"
22706 msgstr "Получить локальную копию состояний выбранных пакетов:"
22712 " dpkg --get-selections >myselections\n"
22714 msgstr " B<dpkg --get-selections E<gt>myselections>"
22719 "You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated "
22720 "the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice "
22721 "(see L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#set-selections> for more "
22722 "details), for example:"
22729 " apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail\n"
22735 msgid "you can install it with:"
22742 " dpkg --clear-selections\n"
22743 " dpkg --set-selections <myselections\n"
22745 msgstr " B<dpkg --set-selections E<lt>myselections>"
22751 "Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set "
22752 "the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other "
22753 "application to actually download and install the requested packages. For "
22754 "example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>."
22756 "Заметим, что при этом ничего не будет ни установлено, ни удалено, просто "
22757 "будут заданы состояния запрошенных пакетов. Для того, чтобы на самом деле "
22758 "скачать и установить запрошенные пакеты, вам понадобится другая программа. "
22759 "Например, запустите B<dselect> и выберите \"Установить\"."
22765 #| "Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient "
22766 #| "way to modify the package selection states."
22768 "Ordinarily, you will find that L<dselect(1)> provides a more convenient way "
22769 "to modify the package selection states."
22771 "Обычно B<dselect>(8) предоставляет более удобный способ изменить состояния "
22772 "выбранных пакетов."
22776 msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY"
22777 msgstr "ДОПОЛНИТЕЛЬНАЯ ФУНКЦИОНАЛЬНОСТЬ"
22783 "Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following "
22784 "packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsig-verify>."
22786 "Дополнительная функциональность может быть получена установкой любых "
22787 "следующих пакетов: I<apt>, I<aptitude> и I<debsums>."
22793 "L<aptitude(8)>, L<apt(8)>, L<dselect(1)>, L<dpkg-deb(1)>, L<dpkg-query(1)>, "
22794 "L<deb(5)>, L<deb-control(5)>, L<dpkg.cfg(5)>, and L<dpkg-reconfigure(8)>."
22796 "B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), B<deb>(5), B<deb-"
22797 "control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5) и B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)."
22808 "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
22811 "Смотрите файл I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто участвовал "
22812 "в разработке B<dpkg>.\n"
22817 #| msgid "deb-control - Debian packages' master control file format"
22818 msgid "dsc - Debian source package control file format"
22819 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
22824 msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>"
22825 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
22830 "Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which "
22831 "contains a number of fields, in L<deb822(5)> format."
22838 "Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case "
22839 "insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive "
22840 "unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In "
22841 "other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the "
22842 "installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the "
22843 "field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, "
22844 "B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)."
22846 "Каждый пакет Debian содержит мастер файл `control', состоящий из нескольких "
22847 "полей. Каждое поле начинается с тега, например B<Package> или B<Version> "
22848 "(регистр значения не имеет), затем двоеточие и содержимое поля. Поля "
22849 "разделяются только тегами. Другими словами, текст поля может занимать "
22850 "несколько строк, но утилиты установки обычно объединяют эти строки при "
22851 "обработке содержимого поля (кроме поля B<Description>, описанного ниже)."
22856 "The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. "
22857 "The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret "
22858 "the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The "
22859 "syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision (“0-9”), a period "
22860 "(“.”), a numeric minor revision (“0-9”), and then an optional subtype after "
22861 "whitespace (“ \\t”), which if specified is a lowercase alphanumeric (“a-"
22862 "z0-9”) word in parentheses (“()”). The subtype is optional in the syntax "
22863 "but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions."
22869 "The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 "
22870 "(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>. "
22871 "See L<dpkg-source(1)> for their description."
22877 #| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
22878 msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)"
22879 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
22884 msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list>"
22885 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
22890 "This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can "
22891 "produce, separated by commas."
22897 "This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives "
22898 "enough information about what binary packages are produced on which "
22899 "architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions."
22905 #| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
22906 msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)"
22907 msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
22912 "A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which "
22913 "specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common "
22914 "architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, "
22915 "B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc."
22921 "Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture "
22922 "independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The "
22923 "list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the "
22924 "list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed "
22925 "in the list is B<all>."
22931 "The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in "
22932 "the I<debian/control> in the source package."
22938 #| msgid "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>fullname emailE<gt>"
22939 msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email-list>"
22940 msgstr "B<Maintainer:> E<lt>полное имя и адрес эл.почтыE<gt>"
22945 #| msgid "B<Version:> E<lt>version stringE<gt>"
22946 msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)"
22947 msgstr "B<Version:> E<lt>строка с версиейE<gt>"
22952 "These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository "
22953 "used to maintain this package. See L<deb-src-control(5)> for more details."
22959 "This field declares that the source package contains the specified test "
22960 "suites. The value is a comma-separated list of test suites. If the "
22961 "B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be "
22962 "present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will "
22963 "automatically add it, preserving previous values."
22969 "This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies "
22970 "(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions "
22971 "removed, and OR dependencies flattened (that is, converted to separate AND "
22972 "relationships), except for binaries generated by this source package and its "
22973 "meta-dependency equivalent B<@>."
22979 "B<Rationale>: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the "
22980 "test dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked."
22986 "These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages "
22987 "used to build it. They are discussed in the L<deb-src-control(5)> manual "
22994 #| msgid "B<Provides:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
22995 msgid "B<Package-List:>"
22996 msgstr "B<Provides:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
23000 msgid "S< >I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>"
23006 "This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this "
23013 msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name."
23014 msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
23019 "The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another "
23020 "common value is B<udeb>."
23026 "The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same "
23033 "The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the "
23034 "currently known optional keys are:"
23046 "The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, "
23047 "with spaces converted to ‘,’."
23053 #| msgid "B<config-files>"
23055 msgstr "B<config-files>"
23060 "The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package "
23061 "B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’."
23067 msgid "B<protected>"
23068 msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
23073 "If the binary package is protected, this key will contain the value of the "
23074 "B<Protected> field, that is a B<yes> value."
23079 msgid "B<essential>"
23085 "If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the "
23086 "B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value."
23092 #| msgid "B<reinst-required>"
23093 msgid "B<Files:> (required, weak)"
23094 msgstr "B<reinst-required>"
23099 "These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for "
23100 "each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum "
23101 "algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 "
23102 "for B<Checksums-Sha256>."
23108 "The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field "
23109 "name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is "
23110 "expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of "
23111 "the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name."
23117 "These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of "
23118 "files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related "
23125 "The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the "
23126 "format of the extracted source package."
23133 "L<deb822(5)>, L<deb-src-control(5)>, L<deb-version(7)>, L<dpkg-source(1)>."
23134 msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
23138 msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file"
23144 "This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single "
23145 "option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect "
23146 "except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding "
23147 "option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a "
23148 "hash sign (‘B<#>’)."
23154 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>"
23155 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
23160 msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>"
23161 msgstr "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>"
23165 msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>"
23171 msgid "L<dselect(1)>."
23172 msgstr "B<date>(1)."
23177 msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend"
23178 msgstr "deb-control -- формат мастер файла control пакетов Debian"
23183 #| msgid "B<dpkg> [I<options>] I<action>"
23184 msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]"
23185 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
23190 "B<dselect> is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a "
23191 "Debian system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:"
23197 #| msgid "List of available packages."
23198 msgid "Update the list of available package versions,"
23199 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
23204 #| msgid "Forget about uninstalled unavailable packages."
23205 msgid "View the status of installed and available packages,"
23206 msgstr "Забыть о неустановленных недоступных пакетах."
23210 msgid "Alter package selections and manage dependencies,"
23215 msgid "Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions."
23221 "B<dselect> operates as a front-end to L<dpkg(1)>, the low-level Debian "
23222 "package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager "
23223 "with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator "
23224 "privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access "
23225 "methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information "
23226 "and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used "
23227 "access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the "
23228 "internet, local archive servers or media discs. The recommended access "
23229 "method is I<apt>, which is provided by the package L<apt(8)>."
23235 "Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is "
23236 "presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as "
23237 "argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line "
23238 "parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> "
23239 "or show additional information about the program."
23246 "All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> "
23247 "configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the "
23248 "configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the "
23249 "configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line "
23250 "option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a "
23253 "Все параметры можно указывать как в командной строке, так и в "
23254 "конфигурационном файле B<dpkg> -- I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>. Каждая строка в "
23255 "конфигурационном файле должна быть либо параметром (в точности как в "
23256 "командной строке, но без начальных дефисов), либо комментарием (если "
23257 "начинается с B<#>)."
23262 "Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar "
23263 "files are located. Defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> if B<DPKG_ADMINDIR> has not "
23270 "Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages "
23271 "get installed (since dpkg 1.21.2). Defaults to «I</>» if B<DPKG_ROOT> has "
23278 "Set the root directory to I<directory>, which sets the installation "
23279 "directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to "
23280 "«I<directory>%ADMINDIR%» (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
23286 msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>"
23287 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
23291 msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>."
23296 msgid "B<--expert>"
23302 "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages."
23308 "B<--color> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
23309 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
23315 "B<--colour> I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:"
23316 "I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]"
23322 "Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. "
23323 "This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in I<dselect."
23324 "cfg>). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other attributes) of one "
23325 "part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to bottom) are:"
23332 msgstr "B<installed>"
23336 msgid "The screen title."
23342 msgid "B<listhead>"
23343 msgstr "B<installed>"
23348 msgid "The header line above the list of packages."
23349 msgstr "Вручную просмотреть список пакетов:"
23355 msgstr "B<install>"
23359 msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)."
23366 msgstr "B<install>"
23370 msgid "The selected item in the list."
23376 msgid "B<pkgstate>"
23382 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each "
23388 msgid "B<pkgstatesel>"
23394 "In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the "
23395 "currently selected package."
23401 msgid "B<infohead>"
23402 msgstr "B<installed>"
23407 "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package."
23413 msgid "B<infodesc>"
23414 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
23419 msgid "The package's short description."
23420 msgstr "Пакет выбран для установки."
23429 msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description."
23434 msgid "B<infofoot>"
23439 msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages."
23450 msgid "Used to display query lines"
23455 msgid "B<helpscreen>"
23460 msgid "Color of help screens."
23466 "After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You "
23467 "can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, "
23468 "overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names."
23474 "Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute "
23475 "specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus "
23476 "(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work "
23477 "on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, "
23478 "B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>"
23483 msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully."
23489 msgid "Print version information and exit successfully."
23490 msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
23495 "When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either "
23496 "directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user "
23497 "with a menu of available commands if running interactively:"
23507 msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories."
23513 "By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<media>, I<file> or "
23514 "I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, for example the "
23515 "I<apt> access method provided by the L<apt(8)> package."
23520 msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended."
23531 msgid "Refresh the available packages database."
23532 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
23537 "Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, "
23538 "configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The "
23539 "package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named "
23540 "I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository "
23541 "maintainers, using the program L<dpkg-scanpackages(1)>."
23547 "Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. "
23548 "Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction."
23558 msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies."
23564 "This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can "
23565 "review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with "
23566 "administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change "
23567 "packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these "
23568 "changes to other depending or conflicting packages."
23574 "When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution "
23575 "subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or "
23576 "depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its "
23577 "listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by "
23578 "B<dselect>, override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones "
23579 "that created the unresolved depends or conflicts."
23585 "The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained "
23586 "in more detail below."
23593 msgstr "B<install>"
23597 msgid "Installs selected packages."
23603 "The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages "
23604 "from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending "
23605 "on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched "
23606 "before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also "
23607 "remove packages that were marked for removal."
23613 "If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install "
23614 "again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If "
23615 "problems persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please "
23616 "investigate into the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian "
23617 "bug tracking system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at "
23618 "L<https://bugs.debian.org/> or by reading the documentation for L<bug(1)> or "
23619 "L<reportbug(1)>, if these are installed."
23625 "Details of the install command depend on the access method's "
23626 "implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during "
23627 "installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the "
23628 "maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the "
23629 "L<debconf(1)> library, allowing for more flexible or even automated "
23630 "installation setups."
23640 msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages."
23650 msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal."
23661 msgid "Quit B<dselect>."
23662 msgstr "B<date>(1)."
23666 msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) error code."
23672 #| msgid "PACKAGE SELECTION STATES"
23673 msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT"
23674 msgstr "ВЫБРАННЫЕ СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА"
23678 msgid "Introduction"
23684 "B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities "
23685 "involved with managing large sets of packages with many interdependencies. "
23686 "For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the ways of the Debian "
23687 "package management system, it can be quite overwhelming. Although "
23688 "B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and administration, it is "
23689 "only instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to be a sufficient "
23690 "substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The user is required "
23691 "to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian packaging system. In "
23692 "case of doubt, consult the L<dpkg(1)> manual page and the distribution "
23699 "Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first "
23700 "displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> "
23701 "advised to study all of the information presented in the online help "
23702 "screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be "
23703 "invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key."
23708 msgid "Screen layout"
23714 "The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top "
23715 "half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual "
23716 "package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group "
23717 "header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package "
23718 "currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that "
23719 "is displayed can be varied."
23725 "Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, "
23726 "an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen."
23731 msgid "Package details view"
23737 "The package details view by default shows the extended package description "
23738 "for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list. The "
23739 "type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key. This alternates "
23746 #| msgid "B<> E<lt>long descriptionE<gt>"
23747 msgid "the extended description"
23748 msgstr "B<> E<lt>длинное описаниеE<gt>"
23752 msgid "the control information for the installed version"
23757 msgid "the control information for the available version"
23763 "In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing "
23764 "the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and "
23765 "causing it to be listed."
23770 msgid "Packages status list"
23776 "The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian "
23777 "package management system. This includes packages installed on the system "
23778 "and packages known from the available packages database."
23784 "For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, "
23785 "installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the "
23786 "package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the "
23787 "‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be "
23788 "toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the "
23789 "installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By "
23790 "pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between "
23791 "verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default."
23797 "The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which "
23798 "should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and "
23799 "the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of "
23800 "the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user."
23805 msgid "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:"
23810 msgid "Error flag:"
23815 msgid "I<empty> no error"
23820 msgid "B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;"
23826 msgid "Installed state:"
23827 msgstr "B<installed>"
23832 #| msgid "B<not-installed>"
23833 msgid "I<empty> not installed;"
23834 msgstr "B<not-installed>"
23838 msgid "B<*> fully installed and configured;"
23843 msgid "B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;"
23849 #| msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured."
23850 msgid "B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;"
23851 msgstr "Пакет распакован, но не настроен."
23855 msgid "B<C> half-configured (an error happened);"
23860 msgid "B<I> half-installed (an error happened)."
23865 msgid "Current and requested selections:"
23870 msgid "B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;"
23875 msgid "B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;"
23880 msgid "B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;"
23885 msgid "B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;"
23890 msgid "B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked."
23895 msgid "Cursor and screen movement"
23901 "The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens "
23902 "can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:"
23907 msgid "B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up"
23912 msgid "B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down"
23917 msgid "B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up"
23922 msgid "B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down"
23927 msgid "B<^p> scroll list 1 line up"
23932 msgid "B<^n> scroll list 1 line down"
23937 msgid "B<t, Home> jump to top of list"
23942 msgid "B<e, End> jump to end of list"
23947 msgid "B<u> scroll info 1 page up"
23952 msgid "B<d> scroll info 1 page down"
23957 msgid "B<^u> scroll info 1 line up"
23962 msgid "B<^d> scroll info 1 line down"
23967 msgid "B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left"
23972 msgid "B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right"
23977 msgid "B<^b> pan display 1 character left"
23982 msgid "B<^f> pan display 1 character right"
23987 msgid "Searching and sorting"
23993 "The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by "
23994 "pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is "
23995 "interpreted as a L<regex(7)> regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the "
23996 "search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add ‘B</"
23997 "i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two suffixes "
23998 "like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by repeatedly "
23999 "pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\>’ keys, until the wanted package is found. If "
24000 "the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top and continues "
24001 "searching from there."
24007 "The list sort order can be varied by pressing the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys "
24008 "repeatedly. The following nine sort orderings can be selected:"
24013 msgid "B<alphabet>"
24019 msgid "B<priority+section>"
24020 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
24025 #| msgid "B<Priority:> E<lt>priorityE<gt>"
24026 msgid "B<section+priority>"
24027 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
24032 #| msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
24033 msgid "B<available>"
24034 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>"
24038 msgid "B<available+priority>"
24044 msgid "B<available+section>"
24045 msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
24051 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24056 msgid "B<status+priority>"
24057 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24062 msgid "B<status+section>"
24063 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
24068 "Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final "
24069 "subordering sort key."
24074 msgid "Altering selections"
24080 "The requested selection state of individual packages may be altered with the "
24081 "following commands:"
24086 msgid "B<+, Insert> install or upgrade"
24091 msgid "B<=, H> hold in present state and version"
24096 msgid "B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled"
24101 msgid "B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration"
24106 msgid "B<_> remove & purge configuration"
24112 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
24113 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
24114 "This will be further explained below."
24120 "It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, "
24121 "by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of "
24122 "packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings."
24128 "Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, "
24129 "because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends "
24130 "or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution "
24131 "screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold "
24132 "operations are useful when applied to groups."
24137 msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts"
24143 "When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or "
24144 "conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution screen. "
24145 "First however, an informative help screen is displayed."
24151 "The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved "
24152 "depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the "
24153 "packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose "
24154 "removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show "
24155 "the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be "
24162 "When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have "
24163 "already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, "
24164 "in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency "
24165 "resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the "
24166 "suggestions made by B<dselect>."
24172 "The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original "
24173 "settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were "
24174 "created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the "
24175 "automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency "
24176 "resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing "
24177 "‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values."
24182 msgid "Establishing the requested selections"
24188 "By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is "
24189 "accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the "
24190 "requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are "
24191 "any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a "
24192 "dependency resolution screen."
24198 "To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts "
24199 "and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the "
24200 "selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do "
24201 "this unless you've read the fine print."
24207 "The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back "
24208 "to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or "
24209 "B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental "
24210 "changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to "
24211 "the last established settings."
24217 "If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the "
24218 "selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ "
24219 "key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, "
24220 "but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed "
24221 "B<enter> by accident."
24226 msgid "The requested command was successfully performed."
24232 "If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it "
24233 "will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
24239 "If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> option have not been specified, it "
24240 "will be used as the B<dpkg> database directory (since dpkg 1.21.0)."
24246 "If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user "
24247 "specific configuration file."
24253 "The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. "
24254 "Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry."
24259 msgid "The documentation is lacking."
24264 msgid "There is no help option in the main menu."
24270 msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced."
24271 msgstr "Список доступных пакетов."
24276 "The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality "
24277 "standards. Use the access method provided by L<apt(8)>, it is not only not "
24278 "broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods."
24283 msgid "L<dpkg(1)>, L<apt(8)>, L<sources.list(5)>, L<deb(5)>."
24287 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24288 msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs"
24290 "start-stop-daemon -- запускает и останавливает системные программы-демоны"
24293 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24295 msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>"
24296 msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-K>|B<--stop> I<параметры>"
24299 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24302 "B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of "
24303 "system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, B<start-stop-"
24304 "daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a running process."
24306 "B<start-stop-daemon> используется для управления созданием и завершением "
24307 "системных процессов. Используя параметры B<--exec>, B<--pidfile>, B<--user> "
24308 "и B<--name>, B<start-stop-daemon> может быть настроен для поиска уже "
24309 "запущенных экземпляров процесса."
24312 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24315 "B<Note>: Unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> "
24316 "behaves similar to L<killall(1)>. B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the "
24317 "process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent "
24318 "pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent B<--"
24319 "start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the "
24320 "TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if B<--"
24321 "stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which need "
24322 "to live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile."
24324 "Заметим, что если не указан параметр B<--pidfile>, то B<start-stop-daemon> "
24325 "действует подобно B<killall(1).> B<start-stop-daemon> сканирует таблицу "
24326 "процессов в поисках любых процессов с нужным именем, uid, и/или gid (если "
24327 "указаны). Любой подходящий процесс предотвратит запуск демона, если указан "
24328 "параметр B<--start>. Всем подходящим процессам будет послан сигнал KILL, "
24329 "если указан параметр B<--stop>. Для демонов, у которых есть долго живущие "
24330 "потомки, которых нужно оставить работать при параметре B<--stop>нужно "
24331 "указывать pidfile."
24334 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24336 msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>"
24338 "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<параметры> [B<-->] I<аргументы>"
24341 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24344 "Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
24345 "B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--"
24346 "oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an "
24347 "instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if "
24348 "specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command "
24349 "line are passed unmodified to the program being started."
24351 "B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--start> проверяет существование "
24352 "указанного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, B<start-stop-daemon> "
24353 "ничего не делает и прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан "
24354 "параметр B<--oknodo>). Если же такой процесс не существует, то он "
24355 "запускается, используя либо исполняемый файл, заданный параметром B<--exec>, "
24356 "(либо параметром B<--startas>). Все аргументы, заданные в командной строке "
24357 "после B<-->, будут без изменений переданы запускаемой программе."
24360 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24362 msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>"
24363 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24366 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24369 "Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, "
24370 "B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits "
24371 "with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> "
24372 "exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is "
24373 "specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have "
24376 "B<start-stop-daemon> с параметром B<--stop> также проверяет существование "
24377 "заданного процесса. Если такой процесс существует, то B<start-stop-daemon> "
24378 "посылает ему сигнал, заданный параметром B<--signal> и прекращает работу с "
24379 "кодом завершения 0. Если такой процесс не существует, то B<start-stop-"
24380 "daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 1 (или 0, если задан параметр "
24381 "B<--oknodo>). Если указан параметр B<--retry>, то B<start-stop-daemon> будет "
24382 "проверять, что процесс(ы) завершили работу."
24385 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24387 msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>"
24388 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24391 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24393 "Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status "
24394 "code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)."
24398 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24400 msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>"
24401 msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
24404 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24406 msgid "Show usage information and exit."
24407 msgstr "Выдать подсказку и завершить работу."
24410 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24412 msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>"
24413 msgstr "B<-V>|B<--version>"
24416 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24418 msgid "Show the program version and exit."
24419 msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
24422 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24423 msgid "Matching options"
24427 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24429 msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>"
24430 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
24433 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24435 "Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The "
24436 "I<pid> must be a number greater than 0."
24440 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24442 msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>"
24443 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
24446 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24448 "Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version "
24449 "1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0."
24453 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24455 msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pidfile>"
24456 msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
24459 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24461 #| msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pid-file>."
24462 msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pidfile>."
24463 msgstr "Проверить какой процесс создал I<pid-файл>."
24466 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24468 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone might cause unintended processes "
24469 "to be acted on, if the old process terminated without being able to remove "
24474 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24476 "B<Warning>: Using this match option with a world-writable pidfile or using "
24477 "it alone with a daemon that writes the pidfile as an unprivileged (non-"
24478 "root) user will be refused with an error (since version 1.19.3) as this is "
24479 "a security risk, because either any user can write to it, or if the daemon "
24480 "gets compromised, the contents of the pidfile cannot be trusted, and then a "
24481 "privileged runner (such as an init script executed as root) would end up "
24482 "acting on any system process. Using I</dev/null> is exempt from these "
24487 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24489 msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>"
24490 msgstr "B<-x>|B<--exec> I<исполняемый_файл>"
24493 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24496 #| "Check for processes that are instances of this executable (according to "
24497 #| "B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)."
24499 "Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The "
24500 "I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname."
24502 "Проверить процессы, которые являются экземплярами данного исполняемого файла "
24503 "(согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</exe>)."
24506 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24508 "B<Note>: This might not work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the "
24509 "executable will point to the interpreter. Take into account processes "
24510 "running from inside a chroot will also be matched, so other match "
24511 "restrictions might be needed."
24515 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24517 msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>"
24518 msgstr "B<-n>|B<--name> I<имя_процесса>"
24521 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24523 "Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is "
24524 "usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process "
24529 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24531 "B<Note>: On most systems this information is retrieved from the process comm "
24532 "name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length limit "
24533 "(assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)."
24537 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24539 msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>"
24540 msgstr "B<-u>|B<--user> I<имя_пользователя>|I<uid>"
24543 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24545 "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>."
24547 "Проверить процессы, принадлежащие пользователю, указанному с помощью "
24548 "I<имени_пользователя> или I<uid>."
24551 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24553 "B<Note>: Using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching "
24554 "the user to be acted on."
24558 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24560 msgid "Generic options"
24561 msgstr "B<config-files>"
24564 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24566 msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>"
24567 msgstr "B<-g>|B<--group> I<группа>|I<gid>"
24570 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24571 msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process."
24572 msgstr "Изменить группу на I<группу> или I<gid> при запуске процесса."
24575 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24577 msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>"
24578 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
24581 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24584 "With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped "
24587 "При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop>, задать сигнал, который "
24588 "будет послан процессам для их останова (по умолчанию 15)."
24591 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24593 msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>"
24594 msgstr "B<-R>|B<--retry> I<время_ожидания>|I<затем>"
24597 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24599 "With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the "
24600 "process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching "
24601 "processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will "
24602 "then take further action as determined by the schedule."
24604 "При использовании вместе с параметром B<--stop> указать, что B<start-stop-"
24605 "daemon> должен следить за завершением процесса. Периодически будет "
24606 "проверяться, выполняются ли ещё указанные процессы, до тех пор, пока все они "
24607 "не завершатся. Если процессы не завершаются, то будет предпринято действие, "
24608 "заданное в параметре I<затем>."
24611 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24614 "If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule "
24615 "I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the "
24616 "signal specified with B<--signal>."
24618 "Если вместо параметра I<затем> указан I<время_ожидания>, то используется "
24619 "последовательность действий I<сигнал>B</>I<время_ожидания>B</KILL/"
24620 ">I<время_ожидания>, где I<сигнал> -- это сигнал, заданный параметром B<--"
24624 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24626 "I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); "
24627 "each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means "
24628 "to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds "
24629 "for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the "
24630 "schedule forever if necessary."
24632 "Параметр I<затем> -- это последовательность из не менее двух элементов, "
24633 "разделённых косой чертой (B</>); каждый элемент -- это либо B<->I<номер-"
24634 "сигнала> или [B<->]I<название-сигнала>, или I<время_ожидания>, задающее "
24635 "количество секунд, в течение которых следует ждать завершения процесса, или "
24636 "же слово B<forever>, предписывающее повторять остаток последовательности "
24637 "вечно, если нужно."
24640 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24642 "If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then "
24643 "B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, "
24644 "then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored."
24646 "Если достигнут конец последовательности действий и не был указан B<forever>, "
24647 "то B<start-stop-daemon> прекращает работу с кодом завершения 2. Если указан "
24648 "параметр I<затем>, то сигнал, заданный с помощью параметра B<--signal>, "
24652 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24654 msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>"
24655 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
24658 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24660 "With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not "
24661 "specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>."
24663 "При использовании с параметром B<--start> запускает процесс, указанный в "
24664 "параметре I<полное_имя>. Если этот параметр не задан, то берётся значение "
24665 "параметра B<--exec>."
24668 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24670 msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>"
24671 msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
24674 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24676 "Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take "
24679 "Вывести действия, которые должны быть выполнены и установить соответствующий "
24680 "код завершения, но не выполнять эти действия."
24683 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24685 msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>"
24686 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24689 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24690 msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken."
24692 "Возвращать код 0 вместо 1, если не было выполнено (или не должно было быть "
24693 "выполнено) никаких действий."
24696 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24698 msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>"
24699 msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
24702 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24703 msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages."
24704 msgstr "Не выдавать информационных сообщений; только сообщения об ошибках."
24707 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24709 msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]"
24710 msgstr "B<-c>|B<--chuid> I<имя-пользователя>|I<uid>"
24713 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24716 "Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also "
24717 "specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way "
24718 "as you would for the L<chown(1)> command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user "
24719 "is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When "
24720 "using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups "
24721 "are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The B<--"
24722 "group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member of "
24723 "(like adding per process group membership for generic users like B<nobody>)."
24725 "Установить указанное имя пользователя или uid перед запуском процесса. Вы "
24726 "можете также задать группу, добавив двоеточие B<:> имя группы или gid, как в "
24727 "команде `chown' (I<пользователь>B<:>I<группа>). При использовании этого "
24728 "параметра вы должны понимать, что также будут установлены основная и "
24729 "дополнительная группы, даже если не указан параметр B<--group>. Параметр B<--"
24730 "group> используется только для групп, в которых пользователь обычно не "
24731 "состоит (например, в случае с системным пользователем B<nobody>)."
24734 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24736 msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>"
24737 msgstr "B<-r>|B<--chroot> I<root>"
24740 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24743 #| "Chdir and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please note that "
24744 #| "the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
24746 "Change directory and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please "
24747 "note that the pidfile is also written after the chroot."
24749 "Перед запуском процесса перейти в каталог I<root> и сделать его корневым. "
24750 "Заметим, что pid-файл будет создан после установки нового корневого каталога."
24753 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24755 msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>"
24756 msgstr "B<-d>|B<--chdir> I<путь>"
24759 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24762 #| "Chdir to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after the "
24763 #| "chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, start-"
24764 #| "stop-daemon will chdir to the root directory before starting the process."
24766 "Change directory to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after "
24767 "the chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, "
24768 "B<start-stop-daemon> will change directory to the root directory before "
24769 "starting the process."
24771 "Перейти в каталог I<путь> перед запуском процесса. Это действие выполняется "
24772 "после выполнения действий согласно параметру B<-r>|B<--chroot> если он "
24773 "задан. Если он не указан, то start-stop-daemon переходит в корневой каталог "
24774 "перед запуском процесса."
24777 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24779 msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>"
24780 msgstr "B<-b>|B<--background>"
24783 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24785 "Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option "
24786 "will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and "
24787 "force it into the background."
24791 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24794 "B<Warning>: B<start-stop-daemon> cannot check the exit status if the process "
24795 "fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a last resort, and is only "
24796 "meant for programs that either make no sense forking on their own, or where "
24797 "it's not feasible to add the code for them to do this themselves."
24799 "Обычно этот параметр используется с программами, которые не могут сами "
24800 "отключиться от терминала, на котором они запущены. Этот параметр заставит "
24801 "B<start-stop-daemon> сделать fork() перед запуском процесса и перевести его "
24802 "в фоновый режим. B<ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ: start-stop-daemon> не может проверить код "
24803 "возврата, если процесс не может успешно выполниться по I<какой бы то ни "
24804 "было> причине. Это последняя возможность, предназначенная только для "
24805 "программ, которые не умеют выполнять fork() сами, или если нет возможности "
24806 "добавить в них код для этого."
24809 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24811 msgid "B<--notify-await>"
24812 msgstr "B<--no-debsig>"
24815 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24817 "Wait for the background process to send a readiness notification before "
24818 "considering the service started (since version 1.19.3). This implements "
24819 "parts of the systemd readiness protocol, as specified in the L<sd_notify(3)> "
24820 "manual page. The following variables are supported:"
24824 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24829 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24830 msgid "The program is ready to give service, so we can exit safely."
24834 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24835 msgid "B<EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=>I<number>"
24839 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24841 "The program requests to extend the timeout by I<number> microseconds. This "
24842 "will reset the current timeout to the specified value."
24846 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24848 msgid "B<ERRNO=>I<number>"
24849 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
24852 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24854 "The program is exiting with an error. Do the same and print the user-"
24855 "friendly string for the B<errno> value."
24859 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24860 msgid "B<--notify-timeout> I<timeout>"
24864 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24866 "Set a timeout for the B<--notify-await> option (since version 1.19.3). When "
24867 "the timeout is reached, B<start-stop-daemon> will exit with an error code, "
24868 "and no readiness notification will be awaited. The default is B<60> seconds."
24872 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24874 msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>"
24875 msgstr "B<-o>|B<--oknodo>"
24878 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24880 "Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background "
24881 "(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process "
24882 "output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only "
24883 "relevant when using B<--background>."
24887 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24889 msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<pathname>"
24890 msgstr "B<-a>|B<--startas> I<полное_имя>"
24893 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24895 "Redirect B<stdout> and B<stderr> to I<pathname> when forcing the daemon into "
24896 "the background (since version 1.20.6). Only relevant when using B<--"
24901 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24903 msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
24904 msgstr "B<-N>|B<--nicelevel> I<int>"
24907 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24908 msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it."
24909 msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса."
24912 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24913 msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>"
24917 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24919 "This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before "
24920 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
24921 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default "
24922 "I<priority> is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, "
24923 "B<fifo> and B<rr>."
24927 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24929 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where POSIX process scheduling "
24930 "is not supported."
24934 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24936 msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>"
24937 msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
24940 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24942 "This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before "
24943 "starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally "
24944 "specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default "
24945 "I<priority> is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always "
24946 "be 7. The currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-"
24947 "effort> and B<real-time>."
24951 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24953 "This option might do nothing on some systems, where Linux IO scheduling is "
24958 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24960 msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>"
24961 msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
24964 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24967 "This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version "
24969 msgstr "Этот параметр перед запуском изменяет приоритет процесса."
24972 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24974 msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>"
24975 msgstr "B<-m>|B<--make-pidfile>"
24978 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24981 "Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This "
24982 "option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with B<--"
24983 "pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the process. Note, "
24984 "the file will only be removed when stopping the program if B<--remove-"
24985 "pidfile> is used."
24987 "Этот параметр используется, если запускаемая программа не создаёт свой "
24988 "собственный pid-файл. При этом B<start-stop-daemon> непосредственно перед "
24989 "запуском процесса создаст файл, указанный в параметре флага B<--pidfile> и "
24990 "поместит в него pid запускаемого процесса. Заметим, что этот файл не будет "
24991 "удалён при остановке программы. B<ЗАМЕЧАНИЕ:> Эта возможность иногда может "
24992 "не работать. В в основном это случается, когда запускаемая программа "
24993 "выполняет fork(). Поэтому данный параметр обычно бывает полезен только при "
24994 "использовании вместе с параметром B<--background>."
24997 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
24999 "B<Note>: This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the "
25000 "program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is "
25001 "usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option."
25005 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25007 msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>"
25008 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25011 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25013 "Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since "
25014 "version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the "
25015 "file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process."
25019 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25020 msgid "Print verbose informational messages."
25021 msgstr "Выдавать подробные информационные сообщения."
25024 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25026 "The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also "
25027 "possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was "
25028 "specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was "
25029 "specified and there were no matching processes."
25033 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25034 msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done."
25038 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25040 "If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was "
25041 "reached and the processes were still running."
25045 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25050 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25051 msgid "Any other error."
25055 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25057 "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:"
25061 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25062 msgid "Program is running."
25066 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25067 msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists."
25071 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25072 msgid "Program is not running."
25076 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25081 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25082 msgid "Unable to determine program status."
25086 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25088 "Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named "
25089 "food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):"
25093 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25096 " start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
25097 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\\n"
25098 " --chuid food -- --daemon\n"
25103 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25104 msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:"
25108 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25111 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
25112 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry 5\n"
25117 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25118 msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:"
25122 #: start-stop-daemon.pod
25125 " start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n"
25126 " --pidfile %RUNSTATEDIR%/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n"
25131 #: update-alternatives.pod
25133 "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands"
25137 #: update-alternatives.pod
25139 msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>"
25140 msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
25143 #: update-alternatives.pod
25145 "B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information "
25146 "about the symbolic links comprising the alternatives system."
25150 #: update-alternatives.pod
25152 "It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions "
25153 "to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many "
25154 "systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to "
25155 "the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, "
25156 "but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to "
25157 "invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference."
25161 #: update-alternatives.pod
25163 "The alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in the "
25164 "filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable functionality. "
25165 "The alternatives system and the system administrator together determine "
25166 "which actual file is referenced by this generic name. For example, if the "
25167 "text editors L<ed(1)> and L<nvi(1)> are both installed on the system, the "
25168 "alternatives system will cause the generic name I</usr/bin/editor> to refer "
25169 "to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system administrator can override this "
25170 "and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> instead, and the alternatives system "
25171 "will not alter this setting until explicitly requested to do so."
25175 #: update-alternatives.pod
25177 "The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. "
25178 "Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> "
25179 "I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file "
25180 "referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be "
25181 "confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why "
25182 "this is a Good Thing."
25186 #: update-alternatives.pod
25188 "When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is "
25189 "installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update "
25190 "information about that file in the alternatives system. B<update-"
25191 "alternatives> is usually called from the following Debian package maintainer "
25192 "scripts, B<postinst> (configure) to install the alternative and from "
25193 "B<prerm> and B<postrm> (remove) to remove the alternative. B<Note>: In most "
25194 "(if not all) cases no other maintainer script actions should call B<update-"
25195 "alternatives>, in particular neither of B<upgrade> nor B<disappear>, as any "
25196 "other such action can lose the manual state of an alternative, or make the "
25197 "alternative temporarily flip-flop, or completely switch when several of them "
25198 "have the same priority."
25202 #: update-alternatives.pod
25204 "It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that "
25205 "they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the "
25206 "L<vi(1)> editor are installed, the manual page referenced by I</usr/share/"
25207 "man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced by I</usr/bin/"
25208 "vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of I<master> and I<slave> "
25209 "links; when the master is changed, any associated slaves are changed too. A "
25210 "master link and its associated slaves make up a I<link> I<group>."
25214 #: update-alternatives.pod
25216 "Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or "
25217 "manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will "
25218 "automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how "
25219 "to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain "
25220 "the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when "
25221 "something is broken)."
25225 #: update-alternatives.pod
25227 "Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the "
25228 "system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic "
25229 "settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run "
25230 "on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to "
25235 #: update-alternatives.pod
25237 "Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is "
25238 "in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will "
25239 "be those which have the highest priority."
25243 #: update-alternatives.pod
25245 "When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of "
25246 "the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master "
25247 "alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then "
25248 "be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the "
25249 "choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will "
25250 "need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode "
25251 "(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)."
25255 #: update-alternatives.pod
25257 "If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option "
25258 "instead (see below)."
25262 #: update-alternatives.pod
25264 "Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. "
25265 "In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all "
25266 "involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in "
25267 "a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism."
25271 #: update-alternatives.pod
25272 msgid "TERMINOLOGY"
25276 #: update-alternatives.pod
25278 "Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some "
25279 "specific terms will help to explain its operation."
25283 #: update-alternatives.pod
25284 msgid "generic name (or alternative link)"
25288 #: update-alternatives.pod
25290 "A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, "
25291 "to one of a number of files of similar function."
25295 #: update-alternatives.pod
25296 msgid "alternative name"
25300 #: update-alternatives.pod
25301 msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory."
25305 #: update-alternatives.pod
25306 msgid "alternative (or alternative path)"
25310 #: update-alternatives.pod
25312 "The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible "
25313 "via a generic name using the alternatives system."
25317 #: update-alternatives.pod
25318 msgid "alternatives directory"
25322 #: update-alternatives.pod
25324 "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks."
25328 #: update-alternatives.pod
25329 msgid "administrative directory"
25333 #: update-alternatives.pod
25335 "A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing B<update-"
25336 "alternatives>' state information."
25340 #: update-alternatives.pod
25345 #: update-alternatives.pod
25346 msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group."
25350 #: update-alternatives.pod
25351 msgid "master link"
25355 #: update-alternatives.pod
25357 "The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in "
25358 "the group are configured."
25362 #: update-alternatives.pod
25367 #: update-alternatives.pod
25369 "An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of "
25374 #: update-alternatives.pod
25375 msgid "automatic mode"
25379 #: update-alternatives.pod
25381 "When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that "
25382 "the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate "
25387 #: update-alternatives.pod
25388 msgid "manual mode"
25392 #: update-alternatives.pod
25394 "When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make "
25395 "any changes to the system administrator's settings."
25399 #: update-alternatives.pod
25401 "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..."
25405 #: update-alternatives.pod
25407 "Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for "
25408 "the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives "
25409 "directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master "
25410 "link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in "
25411 "the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero "
25412 "or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be "
25413 "specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will "
25414 "fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave "
25415 "alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be "
25416 "displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to "
25417 "be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used."
25421 #: update-alternatives.pod
25423 "If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives "
25424 "system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of "
25425 "alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, "
25426 "will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and "
25427 "the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed "
25428 "alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the "
25429 "newly added alternatives."
25433 #: update-alternatives.pod
25435 msgid "B<--set> I<name> I<path>"
25436 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25439 #: update-alternatives.pod
25441 "Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name>. This is equivalent to "
25442 "B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable."
25446 #: update-alternatives.pod
25448 msgid "B<--remove> I<name> I<path>"
25449 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25452 #: update-alternatives.pod
25454 "Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a "
25455 "name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to "
25456 "which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, "
25457 "I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the "
25458 "group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such "
25459 "alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, "
25460 "correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links "
25461 "are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed."
25465 #: update-alternatives.pod
25467 msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>"
25468 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25471 #: update-alternatives.pod
25473 "Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is "
25474 "a name in the alternatives directory."
25478 #: update-alternatives.pod
25480 "Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with B<--"
25481 "skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not configured "
25482 "in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus a simple "
25483 "way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | update-alternatives "
25488 #: update-alternatives.pod
25490 msgid "B<--auto> I<name>"
25491 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25494 #: update-alternatives.pod
25496 "Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. "
25497 "In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to "
25498 "the highest priority installed alternatives."
25502 #: update-alternatives.pod
25504 msgid "B<--display> I<name>"
25505 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25508 #: update-alternatives.pod
25510 "Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes "
25511 "the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which "
25512 "alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are "
25513 "available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest "
25514 "priority alternative currently installed."
25518 #: update-alternatives.pod
25520 msgid "B<--get-selections>"
25521 msgstr "B<dpkg --set-selections>"
25524 #: update-alternatives.pod
25526 "List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and "
25527 "their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields "
25528 "(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, "
25529 "the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one "
25530 "contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and "
25531 "thus might contain spaces)."
25535 #: update-alternatives.pod
25537 "Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated "
25538 "by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version "
25543 #: update-alternatives.pod
25545 msgid "B<--query> I<name>"
25546 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25549 #: update-alternatives.pod
25551 "Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a "
25552 "machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section L</QUERY FORMAT> "
25557 #: update-alternatives.pod
25559 msgid "B<--list> I<name>"
25560 msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
25563 #: update-alternatives.pod
25564 msgid "Display all targets of the link group."
25568 #: update-alternatives.pod
25570 msgid "B<--config> I<name>"
25571 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25574 #: update-alternatives.pod
25576 "Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to "
25577 "interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated."
25581 #: update-alternatives.pod
25583 msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>"
25584 msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
25587 #: update-alternatives.pod
25589 "Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the "
25590 "default. Defaults to «I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>»."
25594 #: update-alternatives.pod
25596 "Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from "
25597 "the default. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>» if "
25598 "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
25602 #: update-alternatives.pod
25604 "Specifies the installation directory where alternatives links will be "
25605 "created (since version 1.20.1). Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> "
25606 "has not been set."
25610 #: update-alternatives.pod
25612 "Specifies the root directory (since version 1.20.1). This also sets the "
25613 "alternatives, installation and administrative directories to match. "
25614 "Defaults to «I</>» if B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%> has not been set."
25618 #: update-alternatives.pod
25620 msgid "B<--log> I<file>"
25621 msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
25624 #: update-alternatives.pod
25626 "Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different "
25627 "from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)."
25631 #: update-alternatives.pod
25633 "Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an "
25634 "alternative link has to be installed or removed."
25638 #: update-alternatives.pod
25640 msgid "B<--skip-auto>"
25641 msgstr "B<822-date>"
25644 #: update-alternatives.pod
25646 "Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in "
25647 "automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>."
25651 #: update-alternatives.pod
25652 msgid "Do not generate any comments unless errors occur."
25656 #: update-alternatives.pod
25658 msgid "B<--verbose>"
25659 msgstr "B<-v>|B<--verbose>"
25662 #: update-alternatives.pod
25663 msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done."
25667 #: update-alternatives.pod
25669 "Generate even more comments, helpful for debugging, about what is being done "
25670 "(since version 1.19.3)."
25674 #: update-alternatives.pod
25676 "Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the "
25681 #: update-alternatives.pod
25682 msgid "B<%INSTDIR_ENVVAR%>"
25686 #: update-alternatives.pod
25688 msgid "B<%ADMINDIR_ENVVAR%>"
25689 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
25692 #: update-alternatives.pod
25694 "If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used "
25695 "as the base administrative directory."
25699 #: update-alternatives.pod
25700 msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>"
25704 #: update-alternatives.pod
25706 "The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> "
25711 #: update-alternatives.pod
25713 msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>"
25714 msgstr "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>"
25717 #: update-alternatives.pod
25719 "The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the B<--"
25720 "admindir> option."
25724 #: update-alternatives.pod
25725 msgid "QUERY FORMAT"
25729 #: update-alternatives.pod
25731 "The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of "
25732 "I<n> + 1 stanzas where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the "
25733 "queried link group. The first stanza contains the following fields:"
25737 #: update-alternatives.pod
25739 msgid "B<Name:> I<name>"
25740 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25743 #: update-alternatives.pod
25744 msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory."
25748 #: update-alternatives.pod
25750 msgid "B<Link:> I<link>"
25751 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
25754 #: update-alternatives.pod
25755 msgid "The generic name of the alternative."
25759 #: update-alternatives.pod
25761 msgid "B<Slaves:> I<list-of-slaves>"
25762 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25765 #: update-alternatives.pod
25767 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links "
25768 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
25769 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
25770 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link."
25774 #: update-alternatives.pod
25776 msgid "B<Status:> I<status>"
25777 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25780 #: update-alternatives.pod
25781 msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)."
25785 #: update-alternatives.pod
25787 msgid "B<Best:> I<best-choice>"
25788 msgstr "B<Replaces:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
25791 #: update-alternatives.pod
25793 "The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there "
25794 "is no alternatives available."
25798 #: update-alternatives.pod
25800 msgid "B<Value:> I<currently-selected-alternative>"
25801 msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
25804 #: update-alternatives.pod
25806 "The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic "
25807 "value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist."
25811 #: update-alternatives.pod
25813 "The other stanzas describe the available alternatives in the queried link "
25818 #: update-alternatives.pod
25819 msgid "B<Alternative:> I<path-of-this-alternative>"
25823 #: update-alternatives.pod
25824 msgid "Path to this stanza's alternative."
25828 #: update-alternatives.pod
25830 msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority-value>"
25831 msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
25834 #: update-alternatives.pod
25835 msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative."
25839 #: update-alternatives.pod
25841 "When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives "
25842 "associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per "
25843 "line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave "
25844 "alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative."
25848 #: update-alternatives.pod
25853 #: update-alternatives.pod
25856 #| "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25857 #| "Name: editor\n"
25858 #| "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25860 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25861 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25862 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25863 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25864 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25865 #| "Status: auto\n"
25866 #| "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25867 #| "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25869 " $ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25871 " Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25873 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25874 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25875 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25876 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25877 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25879 " Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25880 " Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25883 "$ update-alternatives --query editor\n"
25885 "Link: /usr/bin/editor\n"
25887 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25888 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25889 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25890 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25891 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n"
25893 "Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25894 "Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25897 #: update-alternatives.pod
25900 #| "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25901 #| "Priority: -100\n"
25903 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25905 " Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25906 " Priority: -100\n"
25908 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25911 "Alternative: /bin/ed\n"
25914 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n"
25917 #: update-alternatives.pod
25920 #| "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25921 #| "Priority: 50\n"
25923 #| " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25924 #| " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25925 #| " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25926 #| " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25927 #| " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25929 " Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25932 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25933 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25934 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25935 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25936 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25939 "Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n"
25942 " editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25943 " editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25944 " editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25945 " editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25946 " editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n"
25949 #: update-alternatives.pod
25951 "With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its "
25952 "activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, B<update-"
25953 "alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel and "
25954 "returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be self-explanatory; "
25955 "if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug."
25959 #: update-alternatives.pod
25961 "There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with "
25962 "B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by "
25963 "the link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the "
25964 "associated manual page."
25968 #: update-alternatives.pod
25970 "To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current "
25971 "setting for it, use the B<--display> action:"
25975 #: update-alternatives.pod
25978 " update-alternatives --display vi\n"
25983 #: update-alternatives.pod
25985 "To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and "
25986 "then select a number from the list:"
25990 #: update-alternatives.pod
25993 " update-alternatives --config vi\n"
25998 #: update-alternatives.pod
26000 "To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this "
26005 #: update-alternatives.pod
26008 " update-alternatives --auto vi\n"
26013 #: update-alternatives.pod
26014 msgid "L<ln(1)>, FHS (the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard)."
26018 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]"
26019 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26023 #~ "Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form "
26024 #~ "the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number "
26025 #~ "(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are "
26026 #~ "described in L<deb-version(7)>."
26028 #~ "Обычно в этом поле указывается оригинальный номер версии пакета в той "
26029 #~ "форме, которую использует автор программы. Версия может также включать "
26030 #~ "номер ревизии Debian (для не родных пакетов). Если указываются и версия и "
26031 #~ "номер ревизии, то они разделяются дефисом: `-'. Из-за этого оригинальный "
26032 #~ "номер версии не может содержать в себе дефис."
26036 #~| "I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
26037 #~| "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your "
26038 #~| "whole system.>"
26040 #~ "B<Warning>: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. "
26041 #~ "Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole "
26044 #~ "I<Предупреждение: Эти параметры предназначены только для использования "
26045 #~ "экспертами. Использование без полного понимания их действия может "
26046 #~ "нарушить работоспособность всей системы.>"
26050 #~ "B<deb822>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<deb-changes>(5), B<dpkg-"
26051 #~ "parsechangelog>(1)."
26052 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26055 #~ msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
26056 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26059 #~ msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)."
26060 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
26063 #~ msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>"
26064 #~ msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
26068 #~ " less %ADMINDIR%/available\n"
26070 #~ msgstr " B<less %ADMINDIR%/available>"
26072 #~ msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script"
26073 #~ msgstr "B<3.> Запуск сценария I<postrm>"
26076 #~| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
26077 #~ msgid "B<Protected:> B<Byes>|B<no>"
26078 #~ msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
26082 #~ "B<auto> is the default behavior (since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting the number "
26083 #~ "of jobs to 1 will restore a serial behavior."
26084 #~ msgstr "Проект Debian"
26087 #~ msgid "B<--list> I<glob-pattern>"
26088 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
26091 #~| msgid "B<Architecture:> E<lt>arch|allE<gt>"
26092 #~ msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (recommended)"
26093 #~ msgstr "B<Architecture:> E<lt>архитектура|allE<gt>"
26096 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)."
26097 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
26099 #~ msgid "dpkg suite"
26100 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
26103 #~ msgid "deb-buildinfo"
26104 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26107 #~ msgid "deb-changelog"
26108 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26111 #~ msgid "changelog"
26112 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26114 #~ msgid "deb-control"
26115 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26118 #~ msgstr "control"
26121 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
26122 #~ msgid "deb-conffiles"
26123 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
26126 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
26127 #~ msgid "conffiles"
26128 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
26131 #~ msgid "debian/control"
26132 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26135 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
26136 #~ msgid "deb-src-files"
26137 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
26140 #~| msgid "I<conffiles>"
26141 #~ msgid "deb-src-rules"
26142 #~ msgstr "I<conffiles>"
26144 #~ msgid "Debian Project"
26145 #~ msgstr "Проект Debian"
26147 #~ msgid "dpkg utilities"
26148 #~ msgstr "утилиты dpkg"
26151 #~ msgid "deb-src-symbols"
26152 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26155 #~ msgid "deb-split"
26156 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
26159 #~ msgid "deb-version"
26160 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26164 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26167 #~ msgid "deb-extra-override"
26168 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26171 #~ msgid "deb-substvars"
26172 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
26175 #~ msgid "substvars"
26176 #~ msgstr "B<deinstall>"
26179 #~ msgid "deb-symbols"
26180 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26183 #~ msgid "[* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]"
26184 #~ msgstr "B<-D>I<octal> B<| --debug=>I<octal>"
26187 #~| msgid "I<postinst>"
26188 #~ msgid "deb-postinst"
26189 #~ msgstr "I<postinst>"
26192 #~| msgid "deb-control"
26193 #~ msgid "deb-postrm"
26194 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26197 #~| msgid "I<postrm>"
26199 #~ msgstr "I<postrm>"
26202 #~ msgid "deb-preinst"
26203 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
26206 #~| msgid "I<preinst>"
26208 #~ msgstr "I<preinst>"
26211 #~ msgid "deb-prerm"
26212 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26215 #~| msgid "I<prerm>"
26217 #~ msgstr "I<prerm>"
26220 #~ msgid "deb-triggers"
26221 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26228 #~ "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]\n"
26229 #~ " Build a deb package.\n"
26230 #~ "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>\n"
26231 #~ " List contents of a deb package.\n"
26232 #~ "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]\n"
26233 #~ " Extract control-information from a package.\n"
26234 #~ "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>\n"
26235 #~ " Extract the files contained by package.\n"
26236 #~ "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>\n"
26237 #~ " Extract and display the filenames contained by a\n"
26239 #~ "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]\n"
26240 #~ " Display control field(s) of a package.\n"
26241 #~ "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
26242 #~ " Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package.\n"
26243 #~ "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>\n"
26244 #~ " Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package.\n"
26245 #~ "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]\n"
26246 #~ " Show information about a package.\n"
26248 #~ "B<dpkg -b> | B<--build> I<каталог> [I<имя файла>]\n"
26249 #~ " Собирает deb пакет.\n"
26250 #~ "B<dpkg -c> | B<--contents> I<имя файла>\n"
26251 #~ " Показывает содержимое deb пакета.\n"
26252 #~ "B<dpkg -e> | B<--control> I<имя файла> [I<каталог>]\n"
26253 #~ " Извлекает управляющую информацию из пакета.\n"
26254 #~ "B<dpkg -x> | B<--extract> I<имя файла> <каталог>\n"
26255 #~ " Извлекает файлы, содержащиеся в данном пакете.\n"
26256 #~ "B<dpkg -f> | B<--field> I<имя файла> [I<управляющее-поле>] ...\n"
26257 #~ " Показывает управляющее(ие) поле(я) пакета.\n"
26258 #~ "B<dpkg --fsys-tarfile> I<имя файла>\n"
26259 #~ " Выдает на стандартный вывод tar-файл с файловой\n"
26260 #~ " системой из указанного пакета Debian.\n"
26261 #~ "B<dpkg -I> | B<--info> I<имя файла> [I<файл control>]\n"
26262 #~ " Выдает информацию о данном пакете.\n"
26263 #~ "B<dpkg -X> | B<--vextract> I<имя файла> I<каталог>\n"
26264 #~ " Извлекает и выдает имена файлов, содержащиеся в пакете.\n"
26268 #~ "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>...\n"
26269 #~ " List packages matching given pattern.\n"
26270 #~ "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>...\n"
26271 #~ " Report status of specified package.\n"
26272 #~ "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>...\n"
26273 #~ " List files installed to your system from I<package-name>.\n"
26274 #~ "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>...\n"
26275 #~ " Search for a filename from installed packages.\n"
26276 #~ "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>...\n"
26277 #~ " Display details about I<package-name>, as found in\n"
26278 #~ " I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends\n"
26279 #~ " should use B<apt-cache show> I<package-name> instead.\n"
26281 #~ "B<dpkg -l> | B<--list> I<шаблон имени пакета> ...\n"
26282 #~ " Показывает пакеты, соответствующие данному шаблону.\n"
26283 #~ "B<dpkg -s> | B<--status> I<имя пакета> ...\n"
26284 #~ " Сообщает о состоянии указанного пакета.\n"
26285 #~ "B<dpkg -L> | B<--listfiles> I<имя пакета> ...\n"
26286 #~ " Показывает файлы, установленные в системе из пакета с указанным "
26288 #~ "B<dpkg -S> | B<--search> I<шаблон имени файла> ...\n"
26289 #~ " Ищет в установленных пакетах имя файла по заданному шаблону.\n"
26290 #~ "B<dpkg -p> | B<--print-avail> I <имя пакета>\n"
26291 #~ " Выводит детальную информацию о I<пакете>, которую извлекает\n"
26292 #~ " из файла I<%ADMINDIR%/available>.\n"
26295 #~ msgid "dpkg.cfg"
26299 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildflags"
26300 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26303 #~ msgid "dpkg-buildpackage"
26304 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26307 #~ msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo"
26308 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26310 #~ msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
26311 #~ msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
26314 #~ msgid "dpkg-deb"
26318 #~ msgid "dpkg-genchanges"
26322 #~ msgid "dpkg-gencontrol"
26323 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26326 #~ msgid "dpkg-gensymbols"
26327 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26330 #~ msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs"
26331 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26334 #~ msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog"
26335 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg> [I<параметры>] I<действие>"
26338 #~ msgid "dpkg-query"
26339 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
26342 #~ msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps"
26343 #~ msgstr "dpkg-checkbuilddeps"
26346 #~ msgid "dpkg-source"
26347 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
26350 #~ msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header R<and> debian/source/patch-header"
26351 #~ msgstr "B<config-files>"
26354 #~ msgid "dpkg-split"
26355 #~ msgstr "комплект dpkg"
26358 #~ msgid "dpkg-trigger"
26359 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-query-actions>"
26362 #~ msgid "dpkg-vendor"
26363 #~ msgstr "deb-control"
26365 #~ msgid "start-stop-daemon"
26366 #~ msgstr "start-stop-daemon"
26369 #~ msgid "After the package was triggered."
26370 #~ msgstr "Пакет распакован и успешно настроен."
26373 #~| msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
26374 #~ msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required)"
26375 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
26378 #~ "A package marked to be on B<hold> is not handled by B<dpkg>, unless "
26379 #~ "forced to do that with option B<--force-hold>."
26381 #~ "Пакет помечен как B<зафиксированный> и не обрабатывается B<dpkg>, только "
26382 #~ "если не указан параметр B<--force-hold>."
26385 #~| msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked \"hold\"."
26386 #~ msgid "B<hold>: Process packages even when marked “hold”."
26388 #~ "B<hold>: Обрабатывать даже пакеты, помеченные как \"зафиксированные\"."
26391 #~ msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)."
26392 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26395 #~ msgid "The program B<dpkg> will execute when displaying the conffiles."
26396 #~ msgstr "Программа, которую запустит B<dpkg> при старте новой оболочки."
26398 #~ msgid "B<COLUMNS>"
26399 #~ msgstr "B<COLUMNS>"
26403 #~| "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
26404 #~| "text. Currently only used by -l."
26406 #~ "Sets the number of columns B<dpkg> should use when displaying formatted "
26407 #~ "text. Currently only used by B<--list>."
26409 #~ "Задаёт количество колонок текста, используемых программой B<dpkg> при "
26410 #~ "форматировании текста. В настоящий момент используется только с "
26411 #~ "параметром B<-l>."
26414 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1), B<dpkg-cross>(1)."
26415 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26418 #~| msgid "B<Suggests:> E<lt>package listE<gt>"
26419 #~ msgid "B<Testsuite-Restrictions:> I<name-list>"
26420 #~ msgstr "B<Suggests:> E<lt>список пакетовE<gt>"
26423 #~ msgid "B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)."
26424 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26427 #~ "The following files are components of a binary package. See B<deb>(5) "
26428 #~ "for more information about them:"
26430 #~ "Нижеследующие файлы являются компонентами бинарного пакета. Смотрите "
26431 #~ "B<deb>(5), где приведена подробная информация:"
26434 #~ msgid "B<--file> I<file>"
26435 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26438 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--label> I<file>"
26439 #~ msgstr "B<-p>|B<--pidfile> I<pid-файл>"
26445 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1)."
26446 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg-deb-actions>"
26449 #~ msgid "Debian project"
26450 #~ msgstr "Проект Debian"
26454 #~ "Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the "
26455 #~ "default I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the "
26456 #~ "last filename is used. Log messages are of the form ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS "
26457 #~ "startup I<type> I<command>’ for each dpkg invocation where I<type> is "
26458 #~ "B<archives> (with a I<command> of B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> "
26459 #~ "(with a I<command> of B<configure>, B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or "
26460 #~ "B<purge>); ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-"
26461 #~ "version>’ for status change updates; ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> "
26462 #~ "I<pkg> I<installed-version> I<available-version>’ for actions where "
26463 #~ "I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, B<trigproc>, "
26464 #~ "B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>; and ‘YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile "
26465 #~ "I<filename> I<decision>’ for conffile changes where I<decision> is either "
26466 #~ "B<install> or B<keep>."
26468 #~ "Протоколировать изменения обновлений и действия в I<файл>, вместо файл по "
26469 #~ "умолчанию I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. Если этот параметр указан несколько раз, "
26470 #~ "то используется последнее имя файла. Протоколируемые сообщения имеют вид "
26471 #~ "`YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS status E<lt>stateE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-"
26472 #~ "versionE<gt>' при изменении состояния обновлений; `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS "
26473 #~ "E<lt>actionE<gt> E<lt>pkgE<gt> E<lt>installed-versionE<gt> E<lt>available-"
26474 #~ "versionE<gt>' при выполнении действия, где I<E<lt>actionE<gt>> может быть "
26475 #~ "install, upgrade, remove, purge; и `YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS conffile "
26476 #~ "E<lt>filenameE<gt> E<lt>decisionE<gt>' при изменении конфигурационных "
26478 #~ "где I<E<lt>decision> может быть install или keep."
26481 #~ msgid "B<--new>"
26482 #~ msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
26485 #~ msgid "B<--old>"
26486 #~ msgstr "B<hold>"
26504 #~ msgid "B<-R>I<rules-file>"
26505 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
26516 #~| msgid "B<purge>"
26517 #~ msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>]"
26518 #~ msgstr "B<purge>"
26521 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<pattern>]"
26522 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
26525 #~ msgid "B<-z>, B<-Z>"
26526 #~ msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
26529 #~ msgid "Variables set by dpkg-architecture"
26530 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26534 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to "
26537 #~ "Смотрите файл I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто "
26538 #~ "участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n"
26541 #~| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
26542 #~ msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name>"
26543 #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
26546 #~ "The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if "
26547 #~ "different than the name of the package itself."
26549 #~ "Имя пакета с исходниками, из которого компилируется бинарный пакет, если "
26550 #~ "оно отличается от имени самого пакета."
26554 #~ "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1), B</"
26555 #~ "usr/share/doc/debian-policy/policy.html/index.html>."
26556 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26559 #~ msgid "B<-b>, B<-B>, B<-A>"
26560 #~ msgstr "B<-t>|B<--test>"
26562 #~ msgid "REQUIRED FIELDS"
26563 #~ msgstr "ОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
26566 #~ msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name>"
26567 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
26569 #~ msgid "OPTIONAL FIELDS"
26570 #~ msgstr "НЕОБЯЗАТЕЛЬНЫЕ ПОЛЯ"
26573 #~ "This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the "
26574 #~ "software that it installs. Some common sections are `utils', `net', "
26575 #~ "`mail', `text', `x11' etc."
26577 #~ "Это обобщающее поле, в котором пакету присваивается категория, в "
26578 #~ "зависимости от типа программного обеспечения, которое он содержит. "
26579 #~ "Примерами секций могут служить `utils', `net', `mail', `text', `x11' и т."
26583 #~ "Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a "
26584 #~ "whole. Common priorities are `required', `standard', `optional', `extra' "
26587 #~ "Устанавливает важность данного пакета, в зависимости от его значимости "
26588 #~ "для системы. Приоритеты могут быть такими: `required', `standard', "
26589 #~ "`optional', `extra' и т.д."
26593 #~| "A version number may start with a `E<gt>E<gt>', in which case any later "
26594 #~| "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging "
26595 #~| "revision (separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are "
26596 #~| "\"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, "
26597 #~| "\"E<gt>=\" for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or "
26598 #~| "equal to, and \"=\" for equal to."
26600 #~ "A version number may start with a \"E<gt>E<gt>\", in which case any later "
26601 #~ "version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision "
26602 #~ "(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are "
26603 #~ "\"E<gt>E<gt>\" for greater than, \"E<lt>E<lt>\" for less than, \"E<gt>=\" "
26604 #~ "for greater than or equal to, \"E<lt>=\" for less than or equal to, and "
26605 #~ "\"=\" for equal to."
26607 #~ "Если номер версии начинается с `E<gt>E<gt>', то это означает любую более "
26608 #~ "позднюю версию, при чём также может быть задан или пропущен номер ревизии "
26609 #~ "Debian (который отделен от версии дефисом). Таким образом: \"E<gt>E<gt>\" "
26610 #~ "означает \"больше чем\", \"E<lt>E<lt>\" -- \"меньше чем\", \"E<gt>=\" -- "
26611 #~ "\"больше или равно чем\", \"E<lt>=\" -- \"меньше или равно чем\", а \"=\" "
26612 #~ "-- \"только версия, которая указана\"."
26615 #~ msgid "B<--since> I<version>, B<-s>I<version>, B<-v>I<version>"
26616 #~ msgstr "B<-s>|B<--signal> I<сигнал>"
26619 #~ msgid "B<--from> I<version>, B<-f>I<version>"
26620 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26623 #~ msgid "B<--to> I<version>, B<-t>I<version>"
26624 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26627 #~ msgid "B<--count> I<number>, B<-c>I<number>, B<-n>I<number>"
26629 #~ "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-S>|B<--start> I<параметры> [B<-->] I<аргументы>"
26632 #~ msgid "B<--offset> I<number>, B<-o>I<number>"
26633 #~ msgstr "B<--abort-after=>I<число>"
26636 #~ msgid "B<--debug> I<file> |I<> B<-D>I<file>"
26637 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26644 #~ msgid "B<-e>I<debian-architecture>"
26645 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26656 #~ msgid "B<-a>I<debian-architecture>"
26657 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26660 #~ msgid "B<-A>I<debian-architecture>"
26661 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --print-architecture>"
26664 #~ msgid " B<-C>, B<--audit>"
26665 #~ msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
26668 #~ "Searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your "
26669 #~ "system. B<dpkg> will suggest what to do with them to get them working."
26671 #~ "Найти пакеты, которые были установлены в системе только частично. B<dpkg> "
26672 #~ "посоветует, что делать, чтобы восстановить их работоспособность."
26679 #~ "You might transfer this file to another computer, and install it there "
26682 #~ "Вы можете перенести этот файл на другой компьютер и установить его там с "
26686 #~| msgid "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
26687 #~ msgid "B<DM-Upload-Allowed:> B<yes>|B<no>"
26688 #~ msgstr "B<Essential:> E<lt>yes|noE<gt>"
26690 #~ msgid "PACKAGE STATES"
26691 #~ msgstr "СОСТОЯНИЯ ПАКЕТА"
26693 #~ msgid "PACKAGE FLAGS"
26694 #~ msgstr "ФЛАГИ ПАКЕТА"
26697 #~| msgid "WARNING"
26698 #~ msgid "HARDENING"
26699 #~ msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ"
26702 #~ msgid "WARNINGS"
26703 #~ msgstr "ПРЕДУПРЕЖДЕНИЕ"
26706 #~ msgid "MATCHING OPTIONS"
26707 #~ msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ"
26710 #~ msgid "To list packages related to the editor B<vi>(1):"
26711 #~ msgstr "Показать список пакетов, относящихся к редактору vi:"
26714 #~ msgid "B<-S>I<pkgbuilddir>"
26715 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26718 #~ "Check for processes with the name I<process-name> (according to B</proc/"
26719 #~ ">I<pid>B</stat>)."
26721 #~ "Проверить процессы с именем I<имя_процесса> (согласно B</proc/>I<pid>B</"
26724 #~ msgid "B<Package:> E<lt>package nameE<gt>"
26725 #~ msgstr "B<Package:> E<lt>имя пакетаE<gt>"
26728 #~| msgid "B<Source:> E<lt>source nameE<gt>"
26729 #~ msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> E<lt>same|foreign|allowedE<gt> "
26730 #~ msgstr "B<Source:> E<lt>имя архивов с исходникамиE<gt>"
26734 #~ "B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1). The following "
26735 #~ "are B<dpkg-deb> actions, and if they are encountered, B<dpkg> just runs "
26736 #~ "B<dpkg-deb> with the parameters given to it:"
26738 #~ "B<dpkg> может также использоваться как интерфейс к B<dpkg-deb>. "
26739 #~ "Нижеследующие действия являются действиями B<dpkg-deb>, и если они "
26740 #~ "встречаются, то B<dpkg> просто запускает B<dpkg-deb> с указанными "
26744 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
26745 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
26746 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
26747 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
26748 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
26749 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
26750 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract>, and\n"
26751 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
26753 #~ " B<-b>, B<--build>,\n"
26754 #~ " B<-c>, B<--contents>,\n"
26755 #~ " B<-I>, B<--info>,\n"
26756 #~ " B<-f>, B<--field>,\n"
26757 #~ " B<-e>, B<--control>,\n"
26758 #~ " B<-x>, B<--extract>,\n"
26759 #~ " B<-X>, B<--vextract> и\n"
26760 #~ " B<--fsys-tarfile>.\n"
26762 #~ msgid "Please refer to B<dpkg-deb>(1) for information about these actions."
26763 #~ msgstr "Все эти действия описаны в B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26766 #~ msgid "B<--new>, B<--old>"
26767 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26770 #~ "Select new or old binary package format. This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
26772 #~ "Выбрать, соответственно, новый или старый формат пакета. Это параметр "
26773 #~ "программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26776 #~ "Don't read or check contents of control file while building a package. "
26777 #~ "This is a B<dpkg-deb>(1) option."
26779 #~ "Не читать и не проверять содержимое файла control при создании пакета. "
26780 #~ "Это параметр программы B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26783 #~ msgid "B<--admindir> I<E<lt>directoryE<gt>>"
26784 #~ msgstr "B<--status-fd> I<E<lt>nE<gt>>"
26787 #~ msgid "B<--licence>, B<--license>"
26788 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26790 #~ msgid "Display B<dpkg> licence."
26791 #~ msgstr "Показать лицензию B<dpkg>."
26793 #~ msgid "ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES"
26794 #~ msgstr "ПЕРЕМЕННЫЕ ОКРУЖЕНИЯ"
26797 #~ "Define this to something if you prefer B<dpkg> starting a new shell "
26798 #~ "rather than suspending itself, while doing a shell escape."
26800 #~ "Если она определена, то B<dpkg> при запуске оболочки не приостанавливает "
26801 #~ "себя, а создаёт новый процесс."
26804 #~ msgid "B<--license>, B<--licence>"
26805 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26808 #~ msgid "B<-l>, B<--license>"
26809 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26812 #~ msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>]"
26813 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26816 #~ msgid "B<--licence>|B<--license>"
26817 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26824 #~ msgid "B<--without-quilt>"
26825 #~ msgstr "B<-q>|B<--quiet>"
26828 #~ msgid "B<-z>I<level>"
26829 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26832 #~ msgid "install-info"
26833 #~ msgstr "B<install>"
26836 #~ msgid "B<[--]> I<filename>"
26837 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26840 #~ msgid "B<--keep-old>"
26841 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26844 #~ msgid "B<emacs>(1), B<info>(1), B<gzip(1).>"
26845 #~ msgstr "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)."
26848 #~ msgid "B<Error:> E<lt>error detailsE<gt>"
26849 #~ msgstr "B<Priority:> E<lt>приоритетE<gt>"
26860 #~ "A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file "
26861 #~ "is B<dselect update>."
26863 #~ "Для упрощения процедуры получения и обновления файла I<available> можно "
26864 #~ "использовать команду B<dselect update>."
26868 #~ "Send package status info to file descriptor I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. This can be "
26869 #~ "given multiple times. Status updates are of the form `status: "
26870 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg stateE<gt>'. Errors are reported as `status: "
26871 #~ "E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-message'. Configuration file "
26872 #~ "conflicts are reported as `status: conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-"
26873 #~ "conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited distedited'."
26875 #~ "Послать информацию о состоянии пакета в файловый дескриптор "
26876 #~ "I<E<lt>nE<gt>>. Этот параметр можно задавать несколько раз. Эта "
26877 #~ "информация выдаётся в виде `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: E<lt>pkg qstateE<gt>'. "
26878 #~ "Ошибки выдаются в форме `status: E<lt>pkgE<gt>: error: extend-error-"
26879 #~ "message'. Конфликты конфигурационных файлов выдаются в форме `status: "
26880 #~ "conffile-prompt: conffile : 'current-conffile' 'new-conffile' useredited "
26884 #~ "See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have\n"
26885 #~ "contributed to B<dpkg>.\n"
26887 #~ "Смотрите файл I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS>, где приведён список тех, кто "
26888 #~ "участвовал в разработке B<dpkg>.\n"
26890 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26891 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
26893 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --help>"
26894 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
26896 #~ msgid "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
26897 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -Dh> | B<--debug=help>"
26899 #~ msgid "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26900 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26902 #~ msgid "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
26903 #~ msgstr "B<--root=>I<dir> | B<--admindir=>I<dir> | B<--instdir=>I<dir>"
26906 #~ msgid "B<--info>, B<-I>"
26907 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26910 #~ msgid "B<--show>, B<-W>"
26911 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26914 #~ msgid "B<--field>, B<-f>"
26915 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26918 #~ msgid "B<--control>, B<-e>"
26919 #~ msgstr "I<control>"
26922 #~ msgid "B<--help>, B<-h>"
26923 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
26926 #~ msgid "Prints B<dpkg-deb>'s version number."
26927 #~ msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
26930 #~ msgid "B<--licence>"
26931 #~ msgstr "B<--nocheck>"
26934 #~ msgid "OTHER OPTIONS"
26935 #~ msgstr "ПАРАМЕТРЫ"
26938 #~ msgid "B<-h, --help>"
26939 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --help>"
26942 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-l>|B<--list> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
26943 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
26946 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-W>|B<--show> I<package-name-pattern> ..."
26947 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --get-selections> [I<шаблон имени пакета>...]"
26950 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-s>|B<--status> I<package-name> ..."
26951 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
26954 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-L>|B<--listfiles> I<package-name> ..."
26955 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -i> | B<--install> I<имя файла пакета>..."
26958 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<-p>|B<--print-avail> I<package-name> ..."
26959 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -A> | B<--record-avail> I<имя файла пакета> ..."
26962 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--licence>|B<--license>"
26963 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --licence> | B<dpkg --license>"
26966 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-query> B<--version>"
26967 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg --version>"
26970 #~ msgid "Display licence and copyright information."
26971 #~ msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
26974 #~ msgid "Display version information."
26975 #~ msgstr "Показать информацию о версии B<dpkg>."
26982 #~ msgid "B<-IE<lt>filenameE<gt>>"
26983 #~ msgstr "B<--log=>I<имя файла>"
26986 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> does not take any non-option arguments."
26987 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26990 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> does not take any non-option arguments."
26991 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26994 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> does not take any non-option arguments."
26995 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
26999 #~ "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> does not take any non-common options or non-option "
27001 #~ msgstr "B<822-date> не использует аргументов или параметров."
27004 #~ msgid "B<dpkg-split> B<-l>|B<--listq>"
27005 #~ msgstr "B<dpkg -C> | B<--audit>"
27008 #~ msgid "B<--join>, B<-j>"
27009 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
27012 #~ msgid "B<--npquiet>, B<-Q>"
27013 #~ msgstr "B<--new> | B<--old>"
27015 #~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
27016 #~ msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-H>|B<--help>"
27018 #~ msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
27019 #~ msgstr "B<start-stop-daemon> B<-V>|B<--version>"
27021 #~ msgid "B<-H>|B<--help>"
27022 #~ msgstr "B<-H>|B<--help>"
27024 #~ msgid "Print version information; then exit."
27025 #~ msgstr "Выдать информацию о версии и завершить работу."
27028 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the old configuration file when you "
27029 #~ "start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
27031 #~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем старого конфигурационного файла при "
27032 #~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file."
27035 #~ "Set by B<dpkg> to the filename of the newversion of a configuration file "
27036 #~ "when you start a shell to examine a changed configuration. file."
27038 #~ "Устанавливается B<dpkg> равной именем нового конфигурационного файла при "
27039 #~ "запуске оболочки для определения изменения конфигурации. file."
27042 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Select packages to install them, and deselect packages "
27043 #~ "to remove them."
27045 #~ "B<auto-select>(*): Выбрать пакеты для установки, и отменить выделение для "